QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 25, 2004

Registration No. 333-105337



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549


POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
ON
FORM S-1
TO
FORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
  13-2857434
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

One Computer Associates Plaza
Islandia, New York 11749
(631) 342-6000
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

Jay H. Diamond, Esq.
Vice President and Assistant General Counsel
One Computer Associates Plaza
Islandia, New York 11749
(631) 342-6000
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)


With copies to:

Bruce C. Bennett
Covington & Burling
1330 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
(212) 841-1000


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

        From time to time after the effective date of this Post-Effective Amendment to this Registration Statement.

        If the only securities being registered on this form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box. o

        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box. ý

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. o

        This Registration Statement on Form S-1 constitutes a post-effective amendment to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-105337). The Company is filing this post-effective amendment for the purpose of meeting the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933. Pursuant to Rule 401(b) under the Securities Act, the Company is filing this post-effective amendment on Form S-1, as it is currently ineligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3.

        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-105337

PROSPECTUS
         GRAPHIC

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 25, 2004
PROSPECTUS
$460,000,000
Computer Associates International, Inc.

15/8% Convertible Senior Notes due December 15, 2009
and Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon
Conversion of the Senior Notes


        This prospectus covers resales by selling security holders identified herein of our 15/8% convertible senior notes due December 15, 2009 and shares of our common stock into which the notes are convertible.

        Our 15/8% convertible senior notes have the following provisions:

 
   
Interest Payments:   December 15 and June 15 of each year

Conversion Rate:

 

49.9002 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes (subject to adjustment), equal to a conversion price of $20.04 per share

Repurchase Option:

 

By noteholders upon a Fundamental Change as described in this prospectus

        The notes are senior, unsecured obligations that rank equally with our existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. See "Description of Notes—Ranking."

        Prior to this offering, the notes have been eligible for trading on the PORTAL Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Notes sold by means of this prospectus are not expected to remain eligible for trading on the PORTAL Market. We do not intend to list the notes for trading on any national securities exchange or on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

        Our common stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "CA." The last reported sales price on June 21, 2004 was $26.85 per share.

        See "Risk Factors" on page 5 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before purchasing the notes or our common stock.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                  , 2004.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary   3
Risk Factors   5
Where You Can Find More Information About Us   12
Forward-Looking Statements   13
Use of Proceeds   13
Ratio of Earnings To Fixed Charges   13
Selected Financial Data   14
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   18
Business   40
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   49
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   49
Properties   50
Directors and Executive Officers   51
Compensation and Other Information Concerning Executive Officers   56
Legal Proceedings   60
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   62
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management   63
Selling Holders   64
Plan of Distribution   71
Description of the Notes   73
Description of Our Capital Stock   91
Market Price of and Dividends on the Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters   93
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   93
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences   94
Legal Matters   102
Experts   102
Index to Financial Statements   F-1

2



SUMMARY

        This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our securities. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the risk factors and the financial statements.


The Company

        Incorporated in Delaware in 1974, Computer Associates is one of the world's largest providers of management software. We commenced operations in 1976 and completed an initial public offering of common stock in December 1981. We design, market, and license computer software products that allow businesses to efficiently run, manage, and automate critical aspects of their IT operations. Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "CA."

        We have a broad portfolio of software products that are designed to operate with all major business computer hardware platforms, operating systems, and products marketed by other hardware and software companies. Our software products include those that we have sold for many years, as well as newer products designed to address our customers' evolving business needs. Where appropriate, our products are specifically designed to work well with our other software products. Because the time, effort, and cost to make different software products work together is high, customers place greater value on software products that work well with one another.

        We have a large and broad base of customers and estimate that 95% of the Fortune 500® companies currently use our products. When customers enter into a software license agreement with us, they often pay for the right to use our software for a specified period of time. Upon the expiration of the term of the agreement, the customer often must either renew the license agreement or pay usage/maintenance fees, if applicable, for the right to continue to use our software and receive support. We experience contract renewal rates of approximately 80%. We believe that the existing relationships with our customers provide us the opportunity to cross-sell new software products to them.

        We are considered an Independent Software Vendor (ISV). ISVs develop and license software products that can increase the efficiency of computer hardware platforms or operating systems sold by other vendors. Companies that make the computer hardware and operating systems—including Microsoft, IBM, Hewlett-Packard (HP) and Sun Microsystems—often encourage and support ISVs. In some cases, these companies sell software that compete with our products.


Our Principal Executive Offices

        We are a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal executive office is located at One Computer Associates Plaza, Islandia, New York 11749, and our telephone number is (631) 342-6000.

3



The Notes

Interest   We will pay interest on the principal amount of the notes on December 15 and June 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2003.
Conversion   You may convert all or some of the notes at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding December 15, 2009 at an initial conversion price of $20.04 per share. The initial conversion price is equivalent to a conversion rate of 49.9002 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes. Upon a conversion, we may choose to deliver, in lieu of shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock. The conversion price is subject to adjustment. Upon conversion, you will not receive any cash representing accrued interest. For more information, see "Description of the Notes—Conversion of Notes." Conversion in full of the notes will not materially dilute existing shareholders. See "Description of the Notes—Potential Dilution Upon Conversion of the Notes."
Ranking   The notes are senior unsecured indebtedness and rank equally with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes are effectively subordinated to all of our future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing that indebtedness and to any indebtedness of our subsidiaries to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately $2.3 billion of total consolidated indebtedness, including $460 million outstanding under the notes and approximately $1.8 billion of other senior indebtedness. As of March 31, 2004, the aggregate principal amount of our secured indebtedness was approximately $5.7 million. For more information, see "Description of the Notes—Ranking."
Global Notes; Book Entry System   We issued the notes in registered form without interest coupons and in minimum denominations of $1,000. We have deposited global notes with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company, which we refer to as DTC. DTC and its participants maintain records that show beneficial ownership in the notes, and those interests can be transferred only through those records. See "Description of Notes—Book-Entry System."
Repurchase of Notes at Your Option Upon a Fundamental Change  
If we undergo a Fundamental Change, as described in this prospectus, you will have the option to require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of your notes. We will pay a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. For more information, see "Description of the Notes—Repurchase at Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change."
Governing Law   The laws of the State of New York govern the indenture and the notes.

4



RISK FACTORS

        Investing in the notes involves risk. Please refer to the risk factors below; any of those risk factors, or others, many of which are beyond our control, could adversely affect our revenue, profitability and/or cash flow in the future. In such case, our ability to make payments on the notes could be impaired, the trading price of the notes and our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below, elsewhere in this prospectus. Our business, results of operations and financial condition are subject to a number of risk factors, including the following:

Risks Relating to Computer Associates

        Quarterly and annual results of operations are affected by a number of factors, including those listed below, which in turn could adversely affect our revenue, profitability, and cash flow in the future.

        Any of the foregoing factors, among others, may cause our operating expenses to be disproportionately high, or cause our revenue and operating results to fluctuate. As a consequence, our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow could be adversely affected.

        International revenue has historically represented a significant percentage of our total worldwide revenue. Continued success in selling our products outside the United States will depend on a variety of factors, including:

5


        Any of the foregoing factors, among others, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        We have been responding to an ongoing joint inquiry being conducted by the staff of the Northeast Regional Office of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the United States Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of New York concerning certain of our accounting practices. On January 8, 2004, we received a "Wells Notice" from the staff of the SEC indicating that the staff is considering recommending that the SEC bring a civil enforcement proceeding against us. See "Legal Proceedings" for additional information. We cannot predict the scope, timing, or outcome of the investigation and other matters referred to herein, which may include the institution of administrative, civil injunctive, or criminal proceedings, the imposition of fines and penalties, which may be significant, suspensions or debarments from government contracts, and other remedies and sanctions, any of which could lead to an adverse impact on our credit ratings and ability to obtain financing, an adverse impact on our stock price, loss of additional senior management, the inability to attract or retain key employees, and the loss of customers. In addition, under the law, the illegal acts of our employees may be ascribed to us. We cannot predict what impact, if any, these matters may have on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow. We recorded a $10 million charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004 associated with the pending government investigation. This charge was based on an initial offer we made to the government in connection with settlement discussions associated with the Department of Justice and SEC investigation.

        The markets for our products are intensely competitive, and we expect both product and pricing competition to increase. Some of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger technical staffs, established relationships with hardware vendors, and/or greater financial, technical, and marketing resources. Competitors for our various products include large technology companies. We also face competition from numerous smaller companies and shareware authors that may develop competing products.

        Our competitors include large vendors of hardware or operating system software. The widespread inclusion of products that perform the same or similar functions as our products within computer hardware or other companies' software products could reduce the perceived need for our products, or render our products obsolete and unmarketable. Furthermore, even if these incorporated products are inferior or more limited than our products, customers may elect to accept the incorporated products rather than purchase our products. In addition, the software industry is currently undergoing consolidation as software companies seek to offer more extensive suites and broader arrays of software products, as well as integrated software and hardware solutions. This consolidation may negatively impact our competitive position, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow. See "Business—Competition" for additional information.

        In connection with the investigations described in "Legal Proceedings," we have lost several members of our senior management, including our former Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers

6


and our General Counsel, as well as several other members of our Finance and Legal departments. These departures have deprived us of the knowledge and skills possessed by certain of these individuals and have left us understaffed in certain areas. Although we are currently conducting searches to replace these individuals, the searches could be time-consuming and expensive, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining highly qualified replacements. In addition, we may not be able to continue to attract and retain other key personnel, including highly qualified sales, consulting, technical, marketing, financial, and legal personnel. Further, integrating new management and other key personnel may be difficult and costly. The inability to find appropriate replacements for senior management, to continue to attract and retain other personnel, and to integrate new personnel could be disruptive to our business and could adversely affect our operating results, financial condition, and cash flow.

        Some of our products contain software licensed from third parties. Some of these licenses may not be available to us in the future on terms that are acceptable or allow our products to remain competitive. The loss of these licenses or the ability to maintain any of them on commercially acceptable terms could delay development of future products or enhancement of existing products. This could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        IBM, HP, Sun Microsystems, and Microsoft are the largest suppliers of systems and computing software and, in most cases, are the manufacturers of the computer hardware systems used by most of our customers. Historically, these operating system developers have modified or introduced new operating systems, systems software, and computer hardware. Such new products could, in the future, incorporate features that perform functions currently performed by our products, or could require substantial modification of our products to maintain compatibility with these companies' hardware or software. Although we have to date been able to adapt our products and our business to changes introduced by hardware manufacturers and system software developers, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in the future. Failure to adapt our products in a timely manner to such changes or customer decisions to forego the use of our products in favor of those with comparable functionality contained either in the hardware or operating system could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately $2.3 billion of debt outstanding, consisting of unsecured fixed-rate senior note obligations, convertible senior notes, and unsecured multicurrency credit facilities. We expect that existing cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, cash provided from operations, and our bank credit facilities will be sufficient to meet ongoing cash requirements. However, failure to generate sufficient cash as our debt becomes due or to renew credit lines prior to their expiration may adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        Our Moody's and S&P credit ratings were recently downgraded. Moody's, S&P, or any other credit rating agency may further downgrade or take other negative action with respect to our credit ratings in the future. If our credit ratings are further downgraded or other negative action is taken, we would be required to, among other things, pay additional interest under our credit agreements. Any downgrades could affect our ability to obtain additional financing in the future and may affect the terms of any such financing. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

7


        Our Business Model affords customers significant flexibility in licensing transactions. For example, under our Business Model, we offer software licenses on a month-to-month or other short-term basis in order to allow customers the opportunity to try our software products without committing to a multiyear license obligation. Transactions such as these increase the risk that customers will not fully implement our software and will not enter into a long-term relationship with us. Additionally, customer preference for other forms of payment (upfront, annual, or monthly installments) could impact the amount of cash generated from operations in any period. This could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        Our future success is dependent upon our proprietary technology. We protect our proprietary information through the use of patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, and contractual provisions. Notwithstanding our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, policing unauthorized use or copying of our proprietary information is difficult. Unauthorized use or copying occurs from time to time and litigation to enforce intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and diversion of resources. Moreover, the laws of some foreign jurisdictions do not afford the same degree of protection to our proprietary rights as do the laws of the United States. For example, "shrink-wrap" or "click-on" licenses may be unenforceable in whole or in part in some jurisdictions in which we operate. In addition, patents we have obtained may be circumvented, challenged, invalidated, or designed around by other companies. Our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property for these or other reasons could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow. See "Business—Proprietary Rights" for additional information.

        We have historically been dependent upon large-dollar enterprise transactions with individual customers. As a result of the flexibility afforded by our Business Model, we anticipate that there will be fewer of these transactions in the future. There can be no assurances, however, that we will not be reliant on large-dollar enterprise transactions in the future, and the failure to close such transactions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        Our products are designed to improve the productivity and efficiency of our customers' information processing resources. However, a general slowdown in the world economy or a particular region could cause customers to delay or forgo decisions to license new products or to upgrade their existing environments, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        We anticipate ongoing use of microcode or firmware provided by hardware manufacturers. Microcode and firmware are essentially software programs in hardware form and are, therefore, less flexible than other types of software. We believe that such continued use will not have a significant impact on our operations and that our products will remain compatible with any changes to such code. However, there can be no assurance that future technological developments involving such microcode will not have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        Many companies with whom we compete, including IBM, Sun Microsystems, HP, and other large computer manufacturers, have substantial resources, a larger installed base of customers in any particular market niche, as well as the ability to develop and market software programs similar to and

8


competitive with the products offered by us. Additionally, these producers can bundle hardware, software, and services together, which is a disadvantage for us since we do not provide hardware and have far fewer services offerings. Competitive products are also offered by numerous independent software companies that specialize in specific aspects of the highly fragmented software industry. Some, like Microsoft, Oracle, and SAP, are the leading developers and vendors in their specialized markets. In addition, new companies enter the market on a frequent and regular basis, offering products that compete with those offered by us. Increased competition also results from consolidation of existing companies within the industry. Additionally, many customers historically have developed their own products that compete with those offered by us. Competition from any of these sources can result in price reductions or displacement of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        In the past, licensees using proprietary operating systems were furnished with "source code," which makes the operating system understandable to programmers; "object code," which directly controls the hardware; and other technical documentation. Since the availability of source code facilitated the development of systems and applications software, which must interface with the operating systems, ISVs such as us were able to develop and market compatible software. Microsoft, IBM, and other vendors have a policy of restricting the use or availability of the source code for some of their operating systems. To date, this policy has not had a material effect on us. Some companies, however, may adopt more restrictive policies in the future or impose unfavorable terms and conditions for such access. These restrictions may, in the future, result in higher research and development costs for us in connection with the enhancement and modification of our existing products and the development of new products. Although we do not expect that such restrictions will have this adverse effect, there can be no assurances that such restrictions or other restrictions will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        We have identified six product areas: infrastructure management, security management, storage management, application life cycle management, data management and application development, and portal and business intelligence. Some or all of these areas may not grow, may decline in growth, or customers may decline or forgo use of products in some or all of these product areas. This is particularly true in newly emerging areas, such as portal and business intelligence. A decline in these product areas could result in decreased demand for our products, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        From time to time we receive notices from third parties claiming infringement of various forms of their intellectual property. Investigation of these claims, whether with or without merit, can be expensive and could affect development, marketing, or shipment of our products. As the number of software patents issued increases, it is likely that additional claims, with or without merit, will be asserted. Defending against such claims is time-consuming and could result in significant litigation expense or settlement with unfavorable terms that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        Most of the revenue and expenses of our foreign subsidiaries are denominated in local currencies. Given the relatively long sales cycle that is typical for many of our products, foreign currency fluctuations could result in substantial changes in the foreign currency impact on these transactions. Additionally, fluctuations of the exchange rate of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar can affect

9


our revenue within those markets, all of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        Acts of terrorism, acts of war, and other unforeseen events may cause damage or disruption to our properties, business, employees, suppliers, distributors, resellers, and customers, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow. Such events may also result in an economic slowdown in the United States or elsewhere, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

        Our stock price is subject to significant fluctuations in response to variations in quarterly operating results, the gain or loss of significant license agreements, changes in earnings estimates by analysts, announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors, changes in domestic and international economic and business conditions, general conditions in the software and computer industries, and other events or factors. In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market price of many companies in industries that are similar or related to those in which we operate and that have been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. These market fluctuations have in the past adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Risks Related to the Notes

        The market price of the notes is expected to be significantly affected by the market price of our common stock. This may result in greater volatility in the trading value of the notes than would be expected for nonconvertible debt securities we issue.

        The selling price or any premium offered for the notes will be based on a number of factors, including:

        The condition of the capital markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. Fluctuations in these factors could have an adverse effect on the price of the notes.

        Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change involving our company, holders of the notes may require us to purchase their notes. However, it is possible that we would not have sufficient funds at that time to make the required purchase of the notes. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to other indebtedness to which we become a party may contain restrictions and provisions prohibiting us from repurchasing any notes. In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, may not constitute a Fundamental Change under the indenture. See "Description of the Notes—Repurchase at Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change."

10


        Our stock price is subject to significant fluctuations in response to, among other things, variations in quarterly operating results, the gain or loss of significant contracts, changes in earnings estimates by analysts or in rating outlooks by ratings agencies, announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors, changes in domestic and international economic and business conditions, general conditions in the software and computer industries and other events or factors. Moreover, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market price of many companies in industries similar or related to ours and that have been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. These market fluctuations in the past have adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        Concurrently with the closing of the issue and sale of the notes, we entered into call spread repurchase options with Bank of America, NA and Citibank N.A. to hedge the market risks associated with our obligations under the notes. For a summary of these arrangements, see "Description of the Notes—Call Spread Repurchase Options." In connection with these hedging arrangements, Bank of America, NA and Citibank N.A. have taken positions in our common stock in secondary market transactions and have entered into various derivative transactions after the pricing of the notes. Such hedging arrangements could increase the market price of our common stock. Bank of America, NA and Citibank N.A. are likely to modify their hedge positions from time to time prior to conversion or maturity of the notes by purchasing and selling shares of our common stock, other securities of the Company or other instruments they may wish to use in connection with such hedging. We cannot assure you that such activity will not affect the market price of our common stock.

        Bank of America, NA and Citibank N.A. are affiliates of Banc of America Securities LLC and Salomon Smith Barney Inc., respectively, both of which acted as initial purchasers in the initial offer and sale of the notes.

        Furthermore, as in the past, we intend to continue our practice of acquiring our common stock to satisfy our obligations under various employee benefit plans and for other corporate purposes. Therefore, we expect to acquire shares of our common stock and enter into other transactions related to our common stock during the term of the notes. Depending on, among other things, future market conditions, the aggregate amount and the composition of such positions, the aggregate amount of any such acquisitions are likely to vary over time.

        The effect, if any, of any of these transactions and activities on the market price of our common stock or the notes will depend in part upon market conditions and cannot be ascertained at this time, but any of these activities could materially and adversely affect the value of our common stock and the value of the notes.

11



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT US

        We have filed with the SEC a post-effective amendment on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to our previously filed registration statement registering the notes and common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the post-effective amendment to the registration statement and the exhibits and the schedules to the registration statement. We strongly encourage you to read carefully the registration statement and the exhibits and the schedules to the registration statement, in each case as amended by the post-effective amendment.

        Any statement made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document is only a summary of the actual contract, agreement or other document. If we have filed any contract, agreement or other document as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should read the exhibit for a more complete understanding of the document or matter involved. Each statement regarding a contract, agreement or other document is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual document.

        We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may obtain any document we file with the SEC at the SEC's public reference room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC's public reference facilities by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC at its principal office at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004, or at its regional office at 233 Broadway, New York, NY 10279. Our SEC filings are also accessible through the Internet at the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov. This website is not a part of this prospectus.

        YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION. WE ARE NOT MAKING AN OFFER OR SOLICITING A PURCHASE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING THE OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE THE OFFER OR SOLICITATION. YOU SHOULD NOT ASSUME THAT THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE AS OF ANY DATE OTHER THAN THE DATE ON THE FRONT OF THE DOCUMENT.

        Unless we have indicated otherwise, "Computer Associates International, Inc.," "Computer Associates," "CA," "the Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Computer Associates International, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context requires or this prospectus states otherwise. Unless we have indicated otherwise, references hereafter in this prospectus to "$" or "dollar" are to the lawful currency of the United States.

12



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements and information relating us that are based on our beliefs and assumptions as well as information currently available to management. When used in this document, the words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are included in this prospectus, including in the sections entitled "Summary," "The Company," and "Business." Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, some of which are included in this prospectus under "Risk Factors." Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described as anticipated, believed, estimated, or expected. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements after the post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part becomes effective.


USE OF PROCEEDS

        The selling holders will receive all of the net proceeds of the resale of the notes and our common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the resale of any of these securities.


RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

        The following table sets forth the ratios of earnings to fixed charges of the Company for the periods indicated.

 
  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
 
  $ million

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges   4.79x     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a
Deficiency of Earnings to Fixed Charges   n/a   $ 663   $ 1,371   $ 365   $ 53

        For purposes of this computation, earnings are defined as pre-tax earnings or loss from continuing operations of the Company plus fixed charges. Fixed charges are the sum of (i) interest expensed (ii) amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discounts and (iii) the portion of operating lease rental expense that is representative of the interest factor (deemed to be one-third).

        The ratio of earnings to fixed charges of the Company was less than 1.00x for the years ended March 31, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004; thus, earnings available for fixed charges were inadequate to cover fixed charges for such periods. The deficiency in earnings to fixed charges for the years ended March 31, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $663 million, $1,371 million, $365 million and $53 million, respectively. Earnings were impacted for the year ended March 31, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 by a change to our Business Model in October 2000 which resulted in deferred revenues (on subscription-based fee contracts) of $1,875 million as at March 31, 2001, $3,226 million as at March 31, 2002, $3,774 million as at March 31, 2003 and $4,296 million as at March 31, 2004.

        While the Business Model (which is discussed in detail in "Business") causes the Company to change the way it recognizes revenue, it does not necessarily change the Company's overall expected cash generated from operations, since customers are expected to continue to pay fees over the contract period. In addition, costs continue to be recorded in the same fashion as under the Company's prior business model. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and other financial data included or incorporated by reference in this offering circular.

13



SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The fiscal year 2004, 2003 and 2002 information set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," included elsewhere in this Registration Statement and was derived from the audited financial statements. The restated fiscal year 2001 and 2000 information set forth below is unaudited. The following table has been adjusted to remove the historical results of ACCPAC, which has been classified as a discontinued operation for all periods presented (see "Business—Business Developments" and Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information concerning the ACCPAC divestiture).

 
  Year Ended March 31,
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001(1)
  2000(1)
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

Revenue   $ 3,276   $ 3,027   $ 2,886   $ 4,662   $ 6,014
(Loss) income from continuing operations(2)     (36 )   (270 )   (1,096 )   (251 )   687
Basic (loss) earnings from continuing operations per share(2)   $ (0.06 ) $ (0.47 ) $ (1.90 ) $ (0.43 ) $ 1.27
Diluted (loss) earnings from continuing operations per share(2)     (0.06 )   (0.47 )   (1.90 )   (0.43 )   1.23
Dividends declared per common share     0.08     0.08     0.08     0.08     0.08
 
  March 31,
BALANCE SHEET AND OTHER DATA

  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001(1)
  2000(1)
 
  (in millions)

Cash provided by continuing operating activities   $ 1,280   $ 1,310   $ 1,244   $ 1,360   $ 1,550
Working capital(3)     903     16     524     380     843
Total assets(3)     10,679     11,261     12,371     14,453     16,949
Deferred subscription revenue(4)     4,296     3,774     3,226     1,875    
Long-term debt (less current maturities)     2,298     2,298     3,334     3,629     4,527
Stockholders' equity     4,718     4,363     4,617     5,780     6,704

(1)
As previously reported on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2004, the Company restated certain financial data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000. See "Restatement of Previously Reported Selected Financial Data" below for additional information, including a reconciliation of previously reported selected financial data for 2001 and 2000.

(2)
Effective April 1, 2003, the Company began charging to expense the computed value of all newly granted stock-based compensation over the vesting period. The computed fair value at the date of grant is calculated using the fair value based methodology under SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" as amended by SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123." See Note 1 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. We reported an after-tax charge of approximately $8 million ($0.01 per share) for stock-based compensation in fiscal year 2004. Our adoption of SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," had the effect of prospectively eliminating the amortization of goodwill and certain other intangible assets beginning on April 1, 2002. See Note 1 "Goodwill" of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. We amortized goodwill and assembled workforce for fiscal years 2002, 2001, and 2000 of $458 million ($0.79 per share), $462 million ($0.79 per share), and $225 million ($0.40 per share), respectively.

(3)
Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation. See Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(4)
Represents the aggregate portion of all undiscounted contractual and committed license agreements pursuant to our Business Model for which revenue has been deferred and will be recognized ratably. This balance is the sum of the following components: deferred subscription revenue (uncollected)—

14


Restatement of Previously Reported Selected Financial Data

        Following the completion of the investigation by the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors on April 26, 2004, we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K to restate certain financial data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000. The revised financial data is unaudited. None of the adjustments set forth affect the amounts shown in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2004, 2003, or 2002, and the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Stockholders' Equity and Cash Flows for each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, or 2002. See "Legal Proceedings" and Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning the Audit Committee's investigation.

        The Audit Committee's investigation included a detailed review of our compliance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition." Under SOP 97-2, a requirement for revenue recognition is "persuasive evidence of an arrangement." Pursuant to paragraph 16 of SOP 97-2, if a vendor has a customary business practice of utilizing written contracts, which is our general business practice, then to satisfy the evidence of an arrangement requirement, a contract must be signed by both parties. The internal investigation revealed that evidence of an arrangement was not met in a number of cases during the prior business model period and an analysis of the extent and quantification of the prematurely recognized revenue was performed, which forms the basis of the restatement. The analysis included a review of arrangements where customer signatures were obtained late as well as where the customer signature was timely but our countersignature was obtained late. The analysis also included a review of other revenue recognition requirements so as to ensure the accuracy and completeness of the restatement.

        For purposes of the restatement, which is presented in the following tables, the revenue improperly recognized in a particular quarter was rebooked into the quarter in which the contract was fully executed. For example, if a contract having a value of $100 was prematurely recognized in one quarter, that $100 was removed from revenue in that quarter and then recognized in a later quarter in which the contract was signed by both the customer and us. In addition to revenue shifting between periods, there was a resultant impact on commission expense in the respective periods which has been adjusted in the restatement. The effects on income taxes, net income (loss), earnings (loss) per share, total assets, working capital, and stockholders' equity have also been taken into account in the restatement. The adjustments had no effect on cash provided by operating activities, deferred subscription revenue, or long-term debt.

        The Audit Committee's investigation found accounting irregularities that led to material misstatements of our financial reports for fiscal years 2001 and 2000, and prior periods. The effect of prior period errors which have an impact on fiscal year 2000 have been considered as part of this restatement. The Audit Committee believes that several factors contributed to the improper recognition of revenue in these periods, including a practice of holding the financial period open after the end of the fiscal quarters, providing customers with contracts with preprinted signature dates, late countersignatures by Company personnel, backdating of contracts, and not having sufficient controls to ensure the proper accounting under SOP 97-2. In addition, the Audit Committee found that certain former executives and other personnel were engaged in the practice of "cleaning up" contracts by, among other things, removing fax time stamps before providing agreements to the outside auditors. These same executives and personnel also misled our outside counsel, the Audit Committee and its counsel, and accounting advisers regarding these accounting practices. We believe that we now have

15



adequate systems and controls in place to assure proper treatment of revenue recognition under our current Business Model and are considering additional improvements.

        As noted in the restated financial data tables that follow, the net effect on revenue related to the restatement was an increase of $558 million and a decrease of $2 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The net effect on net loss for fiscal 2001 was a decrease of $333 million and the net effect on net income for fiscal 2000 was immaterial. There was no effect on the previously reported amounts for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 or 2002, as a result of the Audit Committee's investigation.

        We are hereby restating the financial data set forth in the following tables for our fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000. We have not shown the restated results for periods prior to fiscal year 2000 since we and the Audit Committee believe that fiscal year 2004 financial reporting requirements provide all material information about our financial condition and results of operations for the past five years, and that the statement set forth above adequately discloses our past failure to comply with SOP 97-2.

        We are not separately amending our Annual Reports on Form 10-K or Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000; consequently, such reports should no longer be relied upon. In reviewing the restated financial information, the following additional data should be taken into consideration:


        The following table provides a reconciliation of previously reported selected financial data with amounts adjusted for the restatement as a result of the Audit Committee's investigation and the

16


classification of ACCPAC as a discontinued operation for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000.

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
  2001
  2000
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

Statement of Operations Data
(unaudited)

  Previously
Reported(1)

  Restatement
Adjustment

  Discontinued
ACCPAC
Operation

  Restated
Total

  Previously
Reported(1)

  Restatement
Adjustment

  Discontinued
ACCPAC
Operation

  Restated
Total

Revenue   $ 4,190   $ 558 (2) $ (86 ) $ 4,662   $ 6,094   $ (2 )(3) $ (78 ) $ 6,014
(Loss) income from continuing operations     (591 )   333 (4)   7     (251 )   696     (5)   (9 )   687
Basic (loss) earnings from continuing operations per share   $ (1.02 ) $ 0.57   $ 0.01   $ (0.43 ) $ 1.29       $ (0.02 ) $ 1.27
Diluted (loss) earnings from continuing operations per share     (1.02 )   0.57     0.01     (0.43 )   1.25         (0.02 )   1.23
 
 
 
  2001
  2000
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

Balance Sheet and Other Data
(unaudited)

  Previously
Reported(1)

  Restatement
Adjustment

  Discontinued
ACCPAC
Operation
and Other

  Restated
Total

  Previously
Reported(1)

  Restatement
Adjustment

  Discontinued
ACCPAC
Operation
and Other

  Restated
Total

Cash provided by operating activities   $ 1,383   $   $ (23 ) $ 1,360   $ 1,566   $   $ (16 ) $ 1,550
Working capital     357     (6)   23 (12)   380     988     (153) (7)   8 (12)   843
Total assets     14,453     (8)       14,453     17,510     (561) (9)       16,949
Deferred subscription revenue     1,875             1,875                
Long-term debt (less current maturities)     3,629             3,629     4,527             4,527
Stockholders' equity     5,780     (10)       5,780     7,037     (333) (11)       6,704

(1)
As previously reported in "Selected Financial Data" of the Company's Form 10-K for fiscal year 2003.

(2)
Reflects a reversal of gross revenue of $445 million, offset by $1,003 million of gross revenue rebooked during the period. Of these amounts, approximately 93% and 69%, respectively, were associated with contracts that were signed by customers but not signed by the Company prior to the ends of the respective quarters.

(3)
Reflects a reversal of gross revenue of $1,782 million, offset by $1,780 million of gross revenue rebooked during the period. Of these amounts, approximately 39% and 52%, respectively, were associated with contracts that were signed by customers but not signed by the Company prior to the end of the respective quarters.

(4)
Represents the net revenue adjustment referred to in (2), net of related commission and provision adjustments of $46 million and income taxes of $179 million.

(5)
Represents the net revenue adjustment referred to in (3), net of related commission and provision adjustments of $(2) million.

(6)
Represents the cumulative adjustment to beginning working capital of $(153) million, offset by a current period increase of $153 million.

(7)
Represents the cumulative adjustment to beginning working capital of $(154) million, offset by a current period increase of $1 million.

(8)
Represents the cumulative adjustment to beginning total assets of $(561) million, offset by a current period increase of $561 million.

(9)
Represents the cumulative adjustment to beginning total assets of $(562) million, offset by a current period increase of $1 million.

(10)
Represents the cumulative adjustment to beginning stockholders' equity of $(333) million, offset by a current period increase of $333 million.

(11)
Represents the cumulative adjustment to beginning stockholders' equity of $(333) million. The net impact to stockholders' equity of all adjustments made in fiscal year 2000 was immaterial.

(12)
Included within the working capital adjustment is approximately $5 million of certain international pension liabilities at both March 31, 2001 and 2000, which has been reclassified from "Salaries, wages, and commissions" to "Other noncurrent liabilities" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation.

17



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

        This "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A)" is intended to provide a more complete understanding of our financial condition, change in financial condition, cash flow, liquidity, and results of operations. As described in Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, in fiscal year 2004 we divested a subsidiary, ACCPAC International, Inc. (ACCPAC). The assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flow of ACCPAC have been classified as a discontinued operation for all periods presented prior to the sale of ACCPAC in March 2004. The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations excludes the effect of the discontinued operation.

Nature of Business

        As described in greater detail in "Business," we license our software products directly to customers as well as through distributors, resellers, and VARs. We generate revenue from the following sources: license fees—licensing our products on a right-to-use basis; maintenance fees—providing customer technical support and product enhancements; and service fees—providing professional services such as product implementation, consulting, and education services. The timing and amount of fees recognized as revenue during a period are determined individually by license agreement, based on its duration and specific terms.

        Under our Business Model, we provide customers with the flexibility to license software under month-to-month licenses or to fix their costs by committing to longer-term agreements. We also permit customers to change their software mix as their business and technology needs change, which includes the right to receive software in the future within defined product lines for no additional fee. As a result of the right our customers have to receive unspecified future upgrades, we are required under GAAP to recognize revenue from our license agreements evenly on a monthly basis (also known as ratably) over the license term. We believe recognizing license revenue ratably over the term of the license agreement improves the predictability of our revenue streams and more accurately reflects the earnings process. Under agreements entered into prior to October 2000 (the prior business model), and as is common practice in the software industry, we did not offer our customers the right to receive unspecified future upgrades. As a result, for most license agreements entered into prior to October 2000, we were required under GAAP to record the present value of the license agreement as revenue at the time the license agreement was signed.

        Under our Business Model, the portion of the license revenue that has not yet been recognized creates what we refer to as deferred subscription revenue. Deferred subscription revenue is recognized as revenue evenly on a monthly basis over the duration of the license agreements. When recognized, this revenue is reported on the "Subscription revenue" line item on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. If a customer pays for software prior to the recognition of revenue, the amount deferred is reported as a liability entitled "Deferred subscription revenue (collected)" on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        Not all of our active customer contracts have been transitioned to our Business Model, which has created what we refer to as a "Transition Period," during which the license agreements under our prior business model come up for renewal. During the Transition Period, we are building deferred subscription revenue, from which subscription revenue will be amortized. Total deferred subscription revenue, and the associated subscription revenue that comes out of it, is expected to increase over time as we continue to renew customer contracts that were executed under the prior business model, sell additional products and capacity to existing customers as well as enter into new contracts with new

18



customers. We expect that the majority of contracts executed under the prior business model will be transitioned to our Business Model by the end of fiscal year 2006.

        While the impact of changing from an up-front revenue recognition model to our Business Model initially reduced our reported revenue, we generally did not change our cost structure. Therefore, we have primarily experienced losses since we introduced our Business Model. We expect that our revenues will continue to increase at a greater rate than our expenses, and we expect to return to profitability during fiscal year 2005.

        Under both the prior business model and current Business Model, customers often pay for the right to use our software products over the term of the associated software license agreement. We refer to these payments as installment payments. While the transition to the current Business Model has changed the timing of revenue recognition, in most cases it has not changed the timing of how we bill and collect cash from customers. As a result, our cash generated from operations has generally not been affected by the transition to the current Business Model over the past several years. We do not expect any significant changes in our cash generated from operations as we complete this transition.

Performance Indicators

        Management uses several quantitative performance indicators to assess our financial results and condition. Each provides a measurement of the performance of our Business Model and how well we are executing our plan.

        Our subscription-based Business Model is unique among our competitors in the software industry, and during the Transition Period it is difficult to compare our results for many of our performance indicators with those of our competitors. Management focuses on period-over-period improvement when reviewing our performance indicators. The following is a summary of some of the quantitative performance indicators that management uses to review our performance:

For the Year Ended March 31,

  2004
  2003
  Change
  Percent
Change

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Subscription revenue   $ 1,961   $ 1,414   $ 547   39 %
Total revenue   $ 3,276   $ 3,027   $ 249   8 %
Subscription revenue as a percent of total revenue     60 %   47 %   13 % 28 %
New deferred subscription revenue   $ 2,298   $ 1,883   $ 415   22 %
Weighted-average license agreement duration in years     2.78     2.81     (.03 ) (1 %)
Cash from continuing operations   $ 1,280   $ 1,310   $ (30 ) (2 %)
Loss from continuing operations   $ (36 ) $ (270 ) $ 234   87 %
As of March 31,

  2004
  2003
  Change
  Percent
Change

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Total cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities   $ 1,902   $ 1,496   $ 406   27 %
Total debt   $ 2,300   $ 3,126   $ (826 ) (26 %)

        Analyses of our performance indicators, including general trends, can be found in the Results of Operations and Liquidity and Capital Resources sections of this MD&A. The performance indicators which we believe are unique to us are defined below.

        Subscription Revenue—Subscription revenue is the ratable revenue recognized in a period from amounts previously recorded as deferred subscription revenue. Subscription revenue also includes revenue earned from monthly licenses. The larger the ratio of subscription revenue to total revenue, the more predictable our revenue streams become. A change in subscription revenue is correlated with

19



a change in deferred subscription revenue, and therefore, with a constant weighted-average life, an increase in deferred subscription revenue will also increase subscription revenue.

        New Deferred Subscription Revenue—New deferred subscription revenue represents the total undiscounted incremental value (contract value) of software licenses sold in the current period by our direct sales force. Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, we expect to offer more flexible license terms to our channel partners which will necessitate ratable recognition of revenue for the majority of our channel business. Ratable recognition of revenue for the channel license business will be consistent with our overall Business Model and will be reported on the "Subscription revenue" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Previously, such channel license revenue was recorded on a sell-through basis and was reported on the "Software fees and other" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Prior to this expected change, new deferred subscription revenue excludes the value associated with license agreements for maintenance-only agreements, channel sales, and professional service arrangements. New deferred subscription revenue is what we expect to collect from our customers. This amount is recorded into subscription revenue ratably over the applicable software license term. These license agreements represent binding payment commitments from customers over periods up to three years. New deferred subscription revenue is sometimes referred to as "bookings" and is used by management as a gauge of the level of activity in a particular quarter. Our bookings typically increase in each consecutive quarter, with the fourth fiscal quarter being the strongest.

        Weighted-Average License Agreement Duration in Years—The weighted-average license agreement duration in years represents the sum of the duration of all software licenses executed during a fiscal year, weighted by each individual software license's contract value. The annual weighted average duration of 2.78 and 2.81 years for the fiscal years 2004 and 2003, respectively, were derived from the following quarterly new deferred subscription revenue amounts and weighted-average durations in years, respectively:

 
  Fiscal Year 2004
  Fiscal Year 2003
 
  New Deferred
Subscription
Revenue

  Weighted-
Average
Duration
in Years

  New Deferred
Subscription
Revenue

  Weighted-
Average
Duration
in Years

 
  (dollars in millions)

Fourth Quarter   $ 836   2.70   $ 629   2.85
Third Quarter     670   2.90     538   2.80
Second Quarter     405   2.70     394   2.80
First Quarter     387   2.85     322   2.75
   
     
   
    $ 2,298   2.78   $ 1,883   2.81
   
     
   

        We believe license agreement durations averaging approximately three years, which is lower than the historical duration of our license agreements, increase the value customers receive from our software licenses by giving customers the flexibility to vary their software mix as their needs change. We also believe this flexibility improves our customer relationships and encourages greater accountability by the Company to each of our customers.

Results of Operations

Revenue

        The following table presents the percentage of total revenue and the percentage of period-over-period dollar change for the revenue line items in our Consolidated Statements of

20



Operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002. These comparisons of financial results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

 
  Fiscal Year 2004
  Fiscal Year 2003
 
 
  Percentage
of Total
Revenue

  Percentage
of Dollar
Change

  Percentage
of Total
Revenue

  Percentage
of Dollar
Change

 
 
  2004
  2003
  2004/2003
  2003
  2002
  2003/2002
 
Revenue:                          
  Subscription revenue   60 % 47 % 39 % 47 % 29 % 71 %
  Software fees and other   9 % 11 % (12 %) 11 % 13 % (10 %)
  Maintenance   18 % 24 % (19 %) 24 % 32 % (21 %)
  Financing fees   6 % 10 % (37 %) 10 % 15 % (35 %)
  Professional services   7 % 8 % (6 %) 8 % 11 % (18 %)
    Total revenue   100 % 100 % 8 % 100 % 100 % 5 %

Total Revenue

        Total revenue for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 increased $249 million from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, to $3.276 billion. This increase in total revenue was primarily due to the transition to our Business Model that began during the third quarter of fiscal year 2001. This transition resulted in an increase in subscription revenue from the prior fiscal year, partially offset by an anticipated decrease in maintenance and financing fees as described below. Professional services and software fees and other revenue decreased $55 million for fiscal year 2004 as described below. In addition, in fiscal year 2004, there was a positive impact to revenue of $173 million compared to fiscal year 2003 due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily associated with the strengthening of both the euro and the British pound versus the U.S. dollar. Continued cautious capital spending by our existing and potential customers impacted bookings of new license agreements and revenue in fiscal year 2004.

        Total revenue for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 increased $141 million from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, to $3.027 billion. This increase in total revenue was primarily due to the transition to our Business Model. Professional services and software fees and other revenue decreased $94 million for fiscal year 2003 as described below. In addition, in fiscal year 2003, there was a positive impact to revenue of $81 million compared to fiscal year 2002 due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. This foreign exchange rate impact was fully offset by the impact of the sale of our interBiz™ unit in April 2002, which had contributed approximately $82 million of revenue in fiscal year 2002. Cautious capital spending by our existing and potential customers associated with weak conditions in the overall economy and the IT industry adversely impacted bookings of new license agreements and revenue in fiscal year 2003. Although the transition to our Business Model and weaker economic conditions impacted revenue, quantification of the impact that each of these factors had on such decrease is not determinable.

Subscription Revenue

        Subscription revenue for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 increased $547 million from fiscal year 2003, to $1.961 billion. Subscription revenue represents the portion of revenue ratably recognized on software license agreements entered into under our Business Model. Many of the licenses recorded between October 2000, when our Business Model was implemented, and the end of fiscal year 2003 continued to contribute to subscription revenue on a monthly, ratable basis. As a result, subscription revenue for fiscal year 2004 includes the ratable recognition of bookings recorded in fiscal year 2004, as well as bookings recorded between October 2000 and the end of fiscal year 2003. This is the primary reason for the increase in subscription revenue in fiscal year 2004 versus fiscal year 2003. During fiscal

21



years 2004 and 2003, we added new bookings, or new deferred subscription revenue, of $2.298 billion and $1.883 billion, respectively. The weighted-average life of license agreements executed under our Business Model was approximately 2.8 years for the fiscal years ending March 31, 2004 and 2003. Thus, annualized deferred subscription revenue, which represents the total value of all new software license agreements signed during a period divided by the weighted-average life of all such license agreements recorded during the same period, increased approximately $156 million, or 23%, for fiscal year 2004 over the prior fiscal year to $826 million. Subscription revenue also increased as a result of how we record maintenance revenue under our Business Model. Under the prior business model, maintenance revenue was separately identified and was reported on the "Maintenance" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the Business Model, maintenance bundled with product sales is not separately identified in our customers' license agreements and therefore is included within the "Subscription revenue" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The quantification of the impact that each of these factors had on the increase in subscription revenue is not determinable.

        Subscription revenue for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 increased $587 million from the prior fiscal year to $1.414 billion. Similar to the increase in fiscal year 2004, the increase was primarily due to our transition to our Business Model that began in the third quarter of fiscal year 2001. Fiscal year 2003 included subscription revenue earned from software license agreements that renewed during fiscal year 2003. These license agreements did not contribute to revenue in fiscal year 2002. During fiscal years 2003 and 2002, we added new deferred subscription revenue of $1.883 billion and $2.178 billion, respectively.

Software Fees and Other

        Software fees and other revenue primarily consists of revenue and royalties related to distribution and OEM partners. Revenue related to distribution partners and OEMs is sometimes referred to as our "indirect" or "channel" revenue. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, software fees and other revenue decreased $41 million from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, to $308 million. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in the amount of channel sales recognized as maintenance (which is deferred) of approximately $53 million over the prior fiscal year period. This deferred maintenance will be amortized into revenue over time. The decrease in software fees and other was partially offset by an increase in the amount of indirect license revenue recorded in fiscal year 2004 as compared with fiscal year 2003.

        For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, software fees and other decreased $39 million from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002, to $349 million. The decrease was primarily due to a difficult economic and competitive environment.

Maintenance

        As expected, maintenance revenue for fiscal years 2004 and 2003 decreased $137 million and $198 million, respectively, from the prior fiscal years to $589 million and $726 million, respectively. The decrease in maintenance revenue for both years is attributable to additional license agreements signed under our Business Model, where bundled maintenance revenue is included with license revenue, which is reported in the "Subscription revenue" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The combined maintenance and license revenue on these types of license agreements is recognized on a monthly basis ratably over the term of the agreement. The decrease is partially offset by new maintenance revenue earned from customers who elect optional maintenance at the expiration of their non-term-based license agreements. The quantification of the impact that each of these factors had on the decrease in maintenance revenue is not determinable.

22



Financing Fees

        Financing fees result from the initial discounting to present value of product sales with extended payment terms under the prior business model, which required up-front revenue recognition. This discount initially reduced the related installment accounts receivable and was referred to as "unamortized discounts." The related unamortized discount is amortized over the life of the applicable license agreement and reported as financing fees. Under our Business Model, additional unamortized discounts are no longer recorded, since we no longer recognize revenue on an up-front basis for sales of products with extended payment terms. As expected, for fiscal years 2004 and 2003, financing fees decreased $106 million and $154 million, respectively, from the prior fiscal years to $184 million and $290 million, respectively. The decrease for both years is attributable to the discontinuance of offering license agreements under the prior business model and is expected to decline to zero over the next several years.

Professional Services

        Professional services revenue for fiscal year 2004 decreased $14 million from fiscal year 2003 to $234 million. The decrease was a result of the weak spending environment that affected the IT service sector in general, as well as our continued shift in focus to professional services engagements that are focused solely on our software products. Our professional services headcount was reduced by approximately 250 as a result of the creation of our CA Technology Services group in April 2003. Quantification of the impact that these factors had on the decrease in professional services revenue is not determinable.

        Professional services revenue for fiscal year 2003 decreased $55 million from fiscal year 2002 to $248 million. The decrease was partially attributable to the divestiture of our interBiz unit in April 2002, which generated approximately $20 million of professional services revenue in fiscal year 2002. The decrease was also a result of the weak spending environment that affected the IT service sector in general, as well as our continued shift in focus to professional services engagements that are focused solely on our software products. Quantification of the impact that each of these factors had on the decrease in professional services revenue is not determinable.

Total Revenue by Geography

 
  Fiscal Year 2004
  Fiscal Year 2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
 
  2004
  2003
  Change
  2003
  2002
  Change
 
United States   $ 1,716   $ 1,725   (1 %) $ 1,725   $ 1,769   (2 %)
International     1,560     1,302   20 %   1,302     1,117   17 %
   
 
     
 
     
    $ 3,276   $ 3,027   8 % $ 3,027   $ 2,886   5 %

        International revenue increased $258 million, or 20%, in fiscal year 2004 as compared with fiscal year 2003. The increase in international revenue was primarily attributable to a positive impact to revenue from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates of approximately $173 million for fiscal year 2004 over fiscal year 2003, which was primarily caused by the strengthening of both the euro and the British pound versus the U.S. dollar. The increase was also a result of increased contract bookings in prior periods associated with our European business.

        Despite an increase in fiscal year 2004 of combined subscription, maintenance, and financing revenue in the United States of approximately $59 million, compared to fiscal year 2003, total revenue in the United States declined slightly primarily due to a decrease in professional services revenue and software fees and other, for the reasons described above.

23



        International revenue increased $185 million, or 17%, in fiscal year 2003 as compared with fiscal year 2002. Results in fiscal year 2002 included our interBiz operations, which we divested in April 2002. Those operations contributed approximately $50 million and $32 million of revenue in fiscal year 2002 from the United States and international regions, respectively. The increase in international revenue was primarily attributable to an improvement in our business in Europe and Asia as well as the $81 million positive impact due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

        Despite an increase in fiscal year 2003 of combined subscription, maintenance, and financing revenue in the United States of $72 million, compared to fiscal year 2002, total revenue in the United States declined slightly primarily due to a decrease in professional services revenue and software fees and other, for the reasons described above.

        Price changes and inflation did not have a material impact in fiscal years 2004, 2003, or 2002.

Expenses

        The following table presents expenses as a percentage of total revenue and the percentage of period-over-period dollar change for the expense line items in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002. These comparisons of financial results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

 
  Fiscal Year 2004
  Fiscal Year 2003
 
 
  Percentage
of Total
Revenue

  Percentage
of Dollar
Change

  Percentage
of Total
Revenue

  Percentage
of Dollar
Change

 
 
  2004
  2003
  2004/2003
  2003
  2002
  2003/2002
 
Operating expenses:                          
  Amortization of capitalized software costs   14 % 15 %   15 % 17 % (3 %)
  Cost of professional services   7 % 8 % (7 %) 8 % 10 % (16 %)
  Selling, general, and administrative   38 % 44 % (6 %) 44 % 58 % (21 %)
  Product development and enhancements   20 % 21 % 3 % 21 % 23 % (2 %)
  Commission and royalties   8 % 8 % 9 % 8 % 9 % (9 %)
  Depreciation and amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets   4 % 5 % (4 %) 5 % 21 % (77 %)
  Goodwill impairment     3 % (100 %) 3 % 1 % 158 %
  Other gains/expenses, net   2 % 3 % (45 %) 3 % 1 % 169 %
  Shareholder litigation settlement and
investigation charge
  5 %   NA        
  Total operating expenses   98 % 107 % (0 %) 107 % 140 % (20 %)
    Interest expense, net   4 % 6 % (31 %) 6 % 8 % (26 %)

Note—Amounts may not add to their respective totals due to rounding.

Cost of Professional Services

        Cost of professional services consists primarily of the personnel-related costs associated with providing professional services and training to customers. Cost of professional services for fiscal year 2004 decreased $17 million from fiscal year 2003 to $220 million. This decrease was due primarily to the reduction in professional services engagements as well as a reduction in personnel costs resulting from efficiencies associated with the combination of our pre-sales and post-sales professional services organizations in fiscal year 2004.

24


        Cost of professional services for fiscal year 2003 decreased $46 million from fiscal year 2002 to $237 million. This decrease was due primarily to a reduction in professional service engagements and related personnel costs.

Selling, General, and Administrative (SG&A)

        SG&A expenses for fiscal year 2004 decreased $75 million from fiscal year 2003 to $1.247 billion. The decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in the provision of doubtful accounts of $121 million. This decrease is a result of how we account for contractual commitments under the Business Model. Amounts due from customers are offset by related deferred subscription revenue, resulting in little or no carrying value on the balance sheet. In addition, under the Business Model, customer payments are often received prior to revenue recognition. Each of these items reduces the need to provide for estimated bad debts. The decrease in SG&A was partially offset by a $15 million expense for severance and other termination benefits in connection with the reorganization of the U.S. channel sales organization and the creation of CA Technology Services in April 2003, as well as other increases in personnel and related costs. In addition, we incurred legal and other professional service expenses associated with the investigations being conducted by the Audit Committee, the SEC, and the U.S. Attorney's Office of approximately $30 million, which represents an increase of approximately $24 million from the prior fiscal year. Effective April 1, 2003, we began charging to expense the computed value of all newly granted stock-based compensation over the vesting period. The computed fair value at the date of grant is calculated using the fair value based methodology under SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148. The total stock-based compensation expense recorded in fiscal year 2004 was approximately $9 million. See Note 1, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" for additional information.

        SG&A expenses for fiscal year 2003 decreased $353 million compared to fiscal year 2002 to $1.322 billion. The decrease was attributable to our emphasis on cost control measures, including a reduction in personnel and personnel-related costs. During fiscal year 2003, we had an average of approximately 16,000 employees, which represented a decrease of approximately 1,500 employees from the fiscal year 2002 average of 17,500 employees. A portion of the personnel costs associated with the decrease in employees impacted other line items. The reduction in headcount consisted of a reduction in workforce of approximately 900 employees in October 2001, approximately 725 employees from the divestiture of certain assets of our interBiz operations in April 2002, and approximately 80 employees from the divestiture of our banking product group in October 2002. This reduction was partially offset by headcount additions in fiscal year 2003 primarily due to the opening of a new call center for telemarketing efforts. Our interBiz unit contributed approximately $81 million of SG&A expenses in fiscal year 2002, the majority of which were personnel costs. The decrease in SG&A expenses was also attributable to a reduction of bad debt expense of $151 million related to ongoing operations and $14 million of bad debt expense related to interBiz. This reduction reflects a decrease in installment accounts receivable related to the prior business model.

Product Development and Enhancements

        For fiscal year 2004, product development and enhancement expenditures, also referred to as research and development, increased $18 million compared to fiscal year 2003 to $662 million. Research and development expenditures were approximately 20% and 21% of total revenue in each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. During fiscal year 2004, we continued to focus on and invest in product development and enhancements for emerging technologies such as wireless, Web services and on-demand computing, as well as a general broadening of our enterprise product offerings.

        Product development and enhancement expenditures for fiscal year 2003 decreased $12 million from fiscal year 2002 to $644 million. The decrease was primarily a result of a general decrease in

25



operating expenditures; however, we continued to invest in product development and enhancements such as emerging technologies and a general broadening of our enterprise product offerings.

Commissions and Royalties

        Commissions and royalties for fiscal year 2004 increased $23 million from fiscal year 2003 to $267 million. The increase was primarily due to the increase in new deferred subscription revenue recorded in fiscal year 2004 as compared with fiscal year 2003. The increase was partially offset by a $14 million reduction in royalties to third parties, as we continue to focus on internal product development and enhancements.

        Commissions and royalties for fiscal year 2003 decreased $25 million from fiscal year 2002 to $244 million. This decrease was due primarily to an $11 million reduction in royalties paid to third parties resulting from continued emphasis on internal product development and enhancements. This decrease was also due to the reduction in sales and related commission expenses associated with the divestiture of certain assets of our interBiz unit. That unit contributed approximately $9 million of such expenses in fiscal year 2002.

Depreciation and Amortization of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Depreciation and amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets for fiscal year 2004 decreased $6 million from fiscal year 2003 to $134 million. The decrease in depreciation and amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets was a result of certain intangible assets from past acquisitions becoming fully amortized.

        Depreciation and amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets for fiscal year 2003 decreased $467 million from fiscal year 2002 to $140 million. The decrease was primarily a result of adopting SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," in April 2002. Under SFAS No. 142, a non-amortization fair value based impairment approach is used to account for goodwill and certain intangible assets (see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, we amortized $431 million and $13 million of goodwill and the assembled workforce intangible asset, respectively, during fiscal year 2002.

Goodwill Impairment

        During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004, we performed our annual goodwill impairment review under SFAS No. 142 and determined that no impairment charge was necessary. See "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates" for additional information about our annual review process.

        During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003 we performed our annual impairment review. As a result of the review, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $80 million related to our professional services organization. The impairment was attributable to our lower-than-expected results and our projected performance.

        Under the provisions of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $59 million during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2002. The charge related to the sale of interBiz in April 2002. The $59 million charge consisted of a $31 million goodwill impairment charge recorded on the "Goodwill impairment" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and a $28 million capitalized software impairment charge recorded on the "Other gains/expenses, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

26



Other Gains/Expenses, Net

        Gains and losses attributable to sales of fixed assets, certain foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, and certain other infrequent events have been included in the "Other gains/expenses, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The components of "Other gains/expenses, net" are as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

(Gains) losses attributable to sales of fixed assets   $ (19 ) $ 3   $
Expenses attributable to fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates
    41     66     6
Expenses attributable to legal settlements     26     15     1
Payment to Ranger Governance Ltd.         10    
Impairment of capitalized software     4         28
   
 
 
    $ 52   $ 94   $ 35
   
 
 

Shareholder Litigation Settlement and Investigation Charge

        In August 2003, we announced the settlement of all outstanding litigation related to the stockholder and derivative actions. Approval of the Federal Court was granted in December 2003. Under the settlement, we agreed to issue a total of up to 5.7 million shares of common stock to the shareholders represented in the three class action lawsuits, including payment of attorneys' fees. In January 2004, approximately 1.6 million settlement shares were issued along with approximately $3.3 million to the plaintiffs' attorneys for attorney fees and related expenses. In March 2004, approximately 200,000 settlement shares were issued to participants and beneficiaries of the CASH Plan. The remaining 3.8 million settlement shares, less any additional administrative expenses, will be issued to class members in the stockholder class action lawsuits upon completion of the claims administration process. At the time of the distribution to the class members, if the price of our common stock is below $23.43 per share, a portion of the remaining settlement shares (currently up to 1.5 million shares) will be distributed to the class members in cash at the price of $23.43 per share. Therefore, as of March 31, 2004, our maximum cash distribution would have been approximately $35 million. We expect to issue the balance of the shares (or corresponding amounts of cash) in our second quarter of fiscal year 2005, or at such time as the claims administration process has been completed.

        An initial estimate for the value of the shareholder litigation settlement was established on August 22, 2003, and until all settlement shares are issued, the projected impact will be reviewed quarterly and the expense adjusted accordingly. The related liability is reflected on the "Other current liabilities" line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The chart below summarizes the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) closing price of our common stock and the estimated value of the shareholder litigation settlement since the initial estimate was established.

 
  NYSE Closing
Stock Price

  Shareholder
Litigation Settlement
Estimated Value

 
  (in millions)

March 31, 2004   $ 26.86   $ 158
December 31, 2003     27.34     158
September 30, 2003     26.11     150
August 22, 2003     25.00     144

27


        We also recorded a $10 million charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004 associated with the pending investigation by the United States Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of New York and the staff of the Northeast Regional Office of the SEC. The charge was based on an initial offer we made to the government in connection with recent settlement discussions associated with the investigation. We cannot predict the timing or outcome of the government investigation or the amount of any fine or penalty, which may be significant, that may be imposed. See "Legal Proceedings" and Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Interest Expense, Net

        Interest expense, net for fiscal year 2004 decreased $52 million as compared to fiscal year 2003 to $117 million. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in average debt outstanding, which resulted in a $46 million decrease in interest expense; a reduction in the weighted-average interest rate, which resulted in a $9 million decrease in interest expense; and accelerated amortization of financing fees in the third quarter of fiscal year 2003. This decrease was partially offset by a $3 million gain related to the early retirement of a portion of outstanding debt in fiscal year 2003.

        Net interest expense for fiscal year 2003 decreased $58 million as compared to fiscal year 2002 to $169 million. Of the change, $40 million was due to the decrease in average debt outstanding, $15 million was due to the decrease in the average variable interest rate, and $3 million was the result of gains from the early retirement of portions of our outstanding debt in fiscal year 2003.

Operating Margins

        For fiscal year 2004, our pretax loss from continuing operations was $54 million as compared to a pretax loss from continuing operations of $368 million in fiscal year 2003. The decrease in pretax loss was primarily related to an increase in revenue and a decrease in bad debt expense as noted above, partially offset by the shareholder litigation settlement expense and investigation charge of $168 million recorded in fiscal year 2004.

Income Tax Benefit

        Our effective tax benefit from continuing operations was approximately 33%, 27%, and 20% for fiscal years 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. See Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Selected Quarterly Information

        We have amended our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004. The primary purpose of the restatement is to correct the method we used to account for subscription revenue associated with Business Model contracts that replaced existing Business Model contracts. Previously, the remaining deferred subscription revenue balance associated with the contract that was being replaced was amortized over the term of the original contract. In accordance with SOP 97-2, the correct, and revised, method amortizes the remaining deferred subscription revenue balance over the term of the new contract. The adjustments decreased revenue by $3 million, $5 million, and $7 million for the first, second and third quarters, respectively, of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 and increased deferred subscription revenue by a cumulative amount of

28



approximately $13 million. Such deferred subscription revenue will be recognized in subsequent periods. See Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

2004 Quarterly Results

  June 30
  Sept. 30(1)
  Dec. 31(2)
  Mar. 31(3)
  Total
 
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Revenue   $ 786   $ 803   $ 837   $ 850   $ 3,276  
Percent of annual revenue     24 %   24 %   26 %   26 %   100 %
Income (loss) from continuing operations   $ 8   $ (90 ) $ 17   $ 29   $ (36 )
Basic earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share   $ 0.01   $ (0.16 ) $ 0.03   $ 0.05   $ (0.06 )
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share     0.01     (0.16 )   0.03     0.05     (0.06 )
2003 Quarterly Results

  June 30
  Sept. 30
  Dec. 31
  Mar. 31(4)
  Total
 
Revenue   $ 747   $ 751   $ 754   $ 775   $ 3,027  
Percent of annual revenue     25 %   25 %   25 %   25 %   100 %
Loss from continuing operations   $ (64 ) $ (53 ) $ (47 ) $ (106 ) $ (270 )
Basic loss from continuing operations per share   $ (0.11 ) $ (0.09 ) $ (0.08 ) $ (0.18 ) $ (0.47 )
Diluted loss from continuing operations per share     (0.11 )   (0.09 )   (0.08 )   (0.18 )   (0.47 )

(1)
Includes an after-tax charge of approximately $100 million related to Shareholder Litigation Settlement. See "Shareholder Litigation Settlement and Investigation Charge" within Results of Operations for additional information.

(2)
Includes an after-tax credit of approximately $10 million related to a reduction in the allowance for doubtful accounts (See Note 5 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information).

(3)
Includes an after-tax credit of approximately $28 million related to a reduction in the allowance for doubtful accounts (See Note 5 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information) and an after-tax charge of $10 million related to the government investigation (See "Legal Proceedings" and Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information).

(4)
Includes an after-tax charge of $80 million related to an impairment of goodwill. See Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities totaled $1.902 billion on March 31, 2004, an increase of $406 million from the March 31, 2003 balance of $1.496 billion. Cash generated from continuing operating activities for fiscal year 2004 was $1.280 billion, a decrease of $30 million from the prior year's cash from continuing operations of $1.310 billion. Cash generated from continuing operating activities was negatively impacted by an increase in taxes paid of approximately $103 million and legal settlement payments of approximately $26 million. The increase in taxes paid during fiscal year 2004 was primarily the result of the timing of estimated tax payments and were made prior to the Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure discussed in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The reduction in cash generated from continuing operating activities was partially offset by a reduction of approximately $49 million in interest payments.

        During fiscal year 2004, we used existing cash balances and cash from operations to repay approximately $826 million in outstanding debt compared to a net debt reduction of approximately $730 million in fiscal year 2003.

29



        As of March 31, 2004 and 2003, our debt arrangements consisted of the following:

 
  2004
  2003
Debt Arrangements
(in millions)

  Maximum
Available

  Outstanding
Balance

  Maximum
Available

  Outstanding
Balance

1999 Revolving Credit Facility (expired in May 2003)   $   $   $ 400   $ 350
2002 Revolving Credit Facility (expires January 2005)     470         440    
Commercial paper     400         400    
6.770% Senior Notes due April 2003                 64
6.250% Senior Notes due April 2003                 412
6.375% Senior Notes due April 2005         825         825
5.000% Convertible Senior Notes due March 2007         660         660
6.500% Senior Notes due April 2008         350         350
1.625% Convertible Senior Notes due December 2009         460         460
International line of credit     5         3    
Other         5         5
         
       
Total         $ 2,300         $ 3,126
         
       

        At March 31, 2004, we had $2.3 billion in debt and $1.9 billion in cash and marketable securities. Our net debt position was, therefore, approximately $400 million.

        We expect to use existing cash balances and future cash generated from operations to pay our debt balances as they mature, and, based on historical precedent, we expect to continue to generate annual cash flow from operations in excess of $1 billion. We do not believe that it will be necessary for us to access the capital markets to satisfy our debt obligations. We expect to renew our 2002 Revolving Credit Facility prior to its expiration in January 2005, and we have an option to apply for renewal of the facility for an additional year.

        The continuing government investigations have not materially hindered our access to the capital markets, as evidenced by our successful convertible bond offerings in March 2002 and December 2002. Our future access to the capital markets, however, could be materially impacted as a result of the conclusion of the government investigation. In addition, the conclusion of the government investigation could affect our ability to renew our 2002 Revolving Credit Facility or could impact the pricing of a new revolving credit facility. See "Legal Proceedings" and Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

        In fiscal year 2005, we expect to use cash balances in excess of debt repayments for acquisitions of strategic technology, continued investment in product development and enhancement, and to pay dividends, as approved by the Board of Directors.

        We repurchased approximately $56 million of common stock in fiscal year 2004 compared with $106 million in fiscal year 2003; we received approximately $57 million in proceeds resulting from the exercise of Company stock options in fiscal year 2004 compared with $31 million in fiscal year 2003; and we paid dividends of $47 million in fiscal year 2004 compared with $46 million in fiscal year 2003. Additionally, in fiscal year 2003 we purchased a call spread option for $73 million. See Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Other Matters

        In April 2003, we received $18 million in proceeds related to the sale of certain fixed assets. Since the fixed assets were fully depreciated, the entire amount was recorded as a gain in the quarter ended June 30, 2003.

30


        In October 2003, we established a software development center in Hyderabad, India (the India Technology Center) for the purpose of enhancing our development and support capabilities, and to take advantage of certain incentives made available by the Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) in accordance with local law. We currently employ approximately 250 professionals and have approximately 30,000 square feet of commercially leased office space in Hyderabad. In February 2004, we entered into a definitive agreement with the GoAP to acquire more than 30 acres in an undeveloped Software Technology Park zone outside Hyderabad, where we intend to construct a development facility. We expect to deliver during the first quarter of fiscal year 2005 a $2 million bank guarantee in favor of the GoAP to secure our title to the 30-acre site. To date, excluding employee-related costs such as salaries, relocation, housing, training, and transportation, we have invested approximately $3.5 million in connection with operations of the India Technology Center, related capital equipment, and early-stage planning for the development of our facility in Hyderabad.

        In October 2003, Moody's Investors Service (Moody's) lowered our senior unsecured debt rating to Baa3 from Baa2 and our short-term rating for commercial paper to Prime-3 from Prime-2. In March 2004, Moody's again lowered our senior unsecured debt rating to Ba1 and our short-term rating for commercial paper to Not-Prime. Moody's indicated that the outlook is stable. Also in October 2003, Standard & Poor's (S&P) placed our BBB+ senior unsecured debt rating and our A-2 commercial paper rating on CreditWatch with negative implications. In April 2004, S&P lowered our senior unsecured debt rating to BBB- and our short-term rating for commercial paper to A-3. As a result of the downgrades, we will pay additional facility fees of approximately $1.2 million annually under the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility and, should we choose to borrow in the future under the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility, our cost of borrowing would be higher. These, or any other future downgrades, could also affect our ability to obtain additional financing in the future and may affect the terms of any such financing.

        In December 2003, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York approved the settlement of all outstanding litigation related to past accounting issues. Included in the settlement are both shareholder and ERISA class action suits and related derivative litigation. As part of the settlement, we agreed to issue to the shareholder classes a total of up to 5.7 million shares of our common stock, which includes payment of attorneys' fees. If our share price is below $23.43 per share at the time of distribution of the settlement shares, up to approximately $52 million would be paid in cash, and the stock portion of the settlement would be reduced to no less than 3.5 million shares. In January 2004, approximately 1.6 million settlement shares were issued along with approximately $3.3 million to the plaintiffs' attorneys for attorney fees and related expenses. In March 2004, approximately 200,000 settlement shares were issued to the class members in the ERISA case. The balance of the shares will be issued after all claims submitted pursuant to the settlement plans have been received. See "Legal Proceedings" and Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

        In January 2004, we established Premier Management Insurance, Inc. (Premier), an insurance subsidiary, to give us access to re-insurance markets, to enhance insurance coverage, and to take advantage of potential future savings in insurance premiums. Premier requires a minimum cash balance of $50 million. As such, $50 million of our cash is deemed restricted and is recorded in the "Other noncurrent assets" line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        Additionally, we have a letter of credit that requires cash collateral. On March 31, 2004, the amount totaled $6 million and was also included as restricted cash in the "Other noncurrent assets" line item.

        In March 2004, we received approximately $90 million in cash from the sale of our approximate 90% interest in ACCPAC. In April 2004, we received the remaining proceeds of approximately $14 million. See "Business—Business Developments" for additional information.

31



        During fiscal year 2004, we made several technology acquisitions, including eSecurity Online, Silent Runner, and Miramar Systems. The aggregate purchase price for all acquisitions totaled $53 million, of which $52 million was paid in cash. During fiscal year 2003, we acquired certain consulting businesses and product technologies, which, individually and collectively, were not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements taken as a whole. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions totaled approximately $19 million. The Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the results of operations of the companies since the effective dates of the acquisitions.

        We pre-fund contributions to our broad-based, employee-defined contribution retirement plan annually each March. Pre-funded contributions totaled $45 million in each of the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003.

        Peak borrowings under all debt facilities during the fiscal year 2004 totaled approximately $3.1 billion, with a weighted-average interest rate of 5.11%.

        Capital resource requirements as of March 31, 2004 consisted of lease obligations for office space, equipment, mortgage or loan obligations, and amounts due as a result of product and company acquisitions. See "Contractual Obligations and Commitments" for additional information.

        It is expected that existing cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, the availability of borrowings under existing and renewable credit lines and in the capital markets, and cash expected to be provided from operations will be sufficient to meet ongoing cash requirements. We expect our long-standing history of providing extended payment terms to our customers to continue.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have commitments to invest approximately $3 million in connection with joint venture agreements. In prior fiscal years, we sold individual accounts receivable under the prior business model to an external third-party subject to certain recourse provisions. The amounts subject to recourse approximated $127 million and $141 million as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Other than the commitments and recourse provisions described above, we do not have any other off-balance sheet arrangements with unconsolidated entities or related parties and, accordingly, off-balance sheet risks to our liquidity and capital resources from unconsolidated entities are limited.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        We have commitments under certain contractual arrangements to make future payments for goods and services. These contractual arrangements secure the rights to various assets and services to be used in the future in the normal course of business. For example, we are contractually committed to make certain minimum lease payments for the use of property under operating lease agreements. In accordance with current accounting rules, the future rights and related obligations pertaining to such contractual arrangements are not reported as assets or liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We expect to fund these contractual arrangements with cash generated from operations in the normal course of business.

        The following table summarizes our contractual arrangements at March 31, 2004 and the timing and effect that such commitments are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

32



In addition, the table summarizes the timing of payments on our debt obligations as reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2004.

 
   
  Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less Than
1 Year

  1-3
Years

  3-5
Years

  More than
5 Years

 
   
  (in millions)

Long-term debt obligations (inclusive of interest)   $ 2,590   $ 120   $ 1,614   $ 390   $ 466
Operating lease obligations(1)     476     135     174     80     87
Purchase obligations     34     28     5     1    
Other long-term liabilities(2)     68     33     15     11     9
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 3,168   $ 316   $ 1,808   $ 482   $ 562
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The contractual obligations for noncurrent operating leases include sublease income totaling $168 million expected to be received in the following periods: $31 million (less than 1 year); $54 million (1-3 years); $44 million (3-5 years); and $39 million (more than 5 years).

(2)
Other long-term liabilities primarily relate to operating expenses associated with operating lease obligations.

        As of March 31, 2004, we have no material capital lease obligations, either individually or in the aggregate.

Subsequent Events

        The following significant events have occurred subsequent to March 31, 2004.

        On April 1, 2004, Jeff Clarke was named Chief Financial Officer. On April 26, 2004, we announced that Jeff Clarke's role would be expanded to include the role of Chief Operating Officer.

        On April 19, 2004, we terminated the employment of nine employees in the Legal and Finance departments as a result of issues raised during the independent investigation by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors into past accounting practices.

        On April 21, 2004, Sanjay Kumar stepped down as Chairman and CEO and resigned from our Board of Directors. At that time Mr. Kumar was named Chief Software Architect. Mr. Kumar subsequently resigned from the Company. His resignation will be effective June 30, 2004.

        On April 26, 2004, we named Kenneth D. Cron, an independent Director, Interim Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Cron joined our Board of Directors in 2002.

        On April 26, 2004, as a result of the independent investigation by the Audit Committee, we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K restating certain financial data for the Company and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000.

        On April 26, 2004, we announced that Gregory W. Corgan had been appointed Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales, succeeding Stephen Richards, who resigned from his position and was relieved of all duties in April 2004, and is leaving the Company at the end of June 2004.

        On June 21, 2004, we announced that Kenneth V. Handal would become Executive Vice President and General Counsel, succeeding Steven Woghin, our former General Counsel, whose employment was terminated on April 8, 2004.

33



Outlook for Fiscal Year 2005

        The outlook for the overall economy and the IT environment, complicated by international conflicts, continues to be difficult to predict. The outlook for our fiscal year 2005 is premised on the assumption that there will be limited-to-modest improvement in the current economic and IT environments. We also believe that customers will continue to be cautious with their technology purchases.

        Our preliminary outlook for fiscal year 2005 is to generate revenue in the range of $3.5 billion to $3.7 billion, an increase of between 7% to 13%, and earnings per share in the range of $0.28 to $0.33.

        We expect that:

34


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        We review our financial reporting and disclosure practices and accounting policies quarterly to help ensure that they provide accurate and transparent information relative to the current economic and business environment. Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements contains a summary of the significant accounting policies that we use. Many of these accounting policies involve complex situations and require a high degree of judgment, either in the application and interpretation of existing accounting literature or in the development of estimates that impact our financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments based on historical experience as well as other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates may change in the future if underlying assumptions or factors change.

        We believe that the following significant accounting policies are complex and require a high degree of judgment and are therefore critical accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

        We generate revenue from the following primary sources: (1) licensing software products; (2) providing customer technical support (referred to as maintenance); and (3) providing professional services, such as consulting and education.

        We recognize revenue pursuant to the requirements of Statement of Position 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition" (SOP 97-2), issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, as amended by SOP 98-9 "Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions." In accordance with SOP 97-2, we begin to recognize revenue from licensing and supporting our software products when all of the following criteria are met: (1) we have evidence of an arrangement with a customer; (2) we deliver the products; (3) license agreement terms are deemed fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or uncertainties that may alter the agreement such that it may not be complete and final; and (4) collection is probable.

        Our software licenses generally do not include acceptance provisions. An acceptance provision allows a customer to test the software for a defined period of time before committing to license the software. If a license agreement includes an acceptance provision, we do not record deferred subscription revenue or recognize revenue until the earlier of the receipt of a written customer acceptance or, if not notified by the customer to cancel the license agreement, the expiration of the acceptance period.

        Under our Business Model, software license agreements include flexible contractual provisions that, among other things, allow customers to receive unspecified future software products for no additional fee. These agreements combine the right to use the software product with maintenance for the term of the agreement. Under these agreements, we are required to recognize revenue ratably over the term of the license agreement beginning upon completion of the four SOP 97-2 recognition criteria noted above. For license agreements signed prior to October 2000 (the prior business model), once all four of the above noted revenue recognition criteria were met, software license fees were recognized as

35



revenue up-front, and the maintenance fees were deferred and subsequently recognized as revenue over the term of the license.

        Maintenance revenue is derived from two primary sources: (1) combined license and maintenance agreements recorded under the prior business model; and (2) stand-alone maintenance agreements.

        Under the prior business model, maintenance and license fees were generally combined into a single license agreement. The maintenance portion was deferred and amortized into revenue over the initial license agreement term. Many of these license agreements have not reached the end of their initial terms and, therefore, continue to amortize. This amortization is recorded to the "Maintenance" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The deferred maintenance portion, which was optional to the customer, was determined using its fair value based on annual, fixed maintenance renewal rates stated in the agreement. For license agreements entered into under our current Business Model, maintenance and license fees continue to be combined; however, the maintenance is no longer optional on an annual basis but rather is inclusive for the entire term. We report such combined fees on the "Subscription revenue" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        We record stand-alone maintenance revenue earned from customers who elect optional maintenance for their non-term-based license agreements. Maintenance revenue from such renewals is recognized over the term of the renewal agreement.

        The "Deferred maintenance revenue" line item on our Consolidated Balance Sheets principally represents payments received in advance of maintenance services rendered.

        Revenue from professional service arrangements is recognized pursuant to the provisions of SOP 97-2, which in most cases is as the services are performed. Revenues from professional services sold as part of a software transaction are deferred and recognized over the life of the related software transaction. If it is not probable that a project will be completed or the payment will be received, revenue is deferred until the uncertainty is removed.

        Revenue from sales to distributors, resellers, and VARs is recognized when all four of the SOP 97-2 revenue recognition criteria noted above are met and when these entities sell the software product to their customers. This is commonly referred to as the sell-through method.

        We have an established business practice of offering installment payment options to customers and have a history of successfully collecting substantially all amounts due under such agreements. We assess collectibility based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. If, in our judgment, collection of a fee is not probable, we will not recognize revenue until the uncertainty is removed upon receipt of cash payment.

        Our standard licensing agreements include a product warranty provision for all products. Such warranties are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies." The likelihood that we would be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote.

        Under the terms of substantially all of our license agreements, we have agreed to indemnify customers for costs and damages arising from claims against such customers based on, among other things, allegations that our software products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. In most cases, in the event of an infringement claim, we retain the right to (i) procure for the customer the right to continue using the software product; (ii) replace or modify the software product to eliminate the infringement while providing substantially equivalent functionality; or (iii) if neither (i) nor (ii) can be reasonably achieved, we may terminate the license agreement and refund to the customer a pro-rata portion of the fees paid. Such indemnification provisions are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 5. The likelihood that we would be required to make refunds to customers

36



under such provisions is considered remote. The indemnification is limited to the amount paid by the customer.

Accounts Receivable

        The allowance for doubtful accounts is a valuation account used to reserve for the potential impairment of accounts receivable on the balance sheet. In developing the estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts, we rely on several factors, including:

        The allowance is comprised of two components: (a) specifically identified receivables that are reviewed for impairment when, based on current information, we do not expect to collect the full amount due from the customer; and (b) a general allowance for all other receivables.

        We expect the allowance for doubtful accounts to continue to decline as net installment accounts receivable under the prior business model are billed and collected. Under our Business Model, amounts due from customers are offset by deferred subscription revenue (unearned revenue) related to these amounts, resulting in little or no carrying value on the balance sheet. Therefore, less of an allowance for doubtful accounts is required.

Income Taxes

        When we prepare our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We record this amount as a provision for taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." This process requires us to estimate our actual current tax liability in each jurisdiction; estimate differences resulting from differing treatment of items for financial statement purposes versus tax return purposes (known as "temporary differences"), which result in deferred tax assets and liabilities; and assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. If we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance. We have recognized as a deferred tax asset a portion of the tax benefits connected with losses related to operations, which are expected to result in a future tax benefit. As of March 31, 2004, our deferred tax assets, net of a valuation allowance, totaled $325 million. Realization of these deferred tax assets assumes that we will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income so that these assets will be realized. The factors that we consider in assessing the likelihood of realization include the forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the deferred tax assets.

        Deferred tax assets are a result of acquisition expenses, such as duplicate facility costs, employee severance and other costs that are not deductible until paid, foreign net operating losses (NOLs) and temporary differences between the taxable cash payments received from customers and the ratable recognition of revenue in accordance with GAAP. The NOLs expire between 2005 and 2015. An additional valuation allowance of $22 million was established in fiscal year 2004 for certain foreign NOLs and other deferred tax assets we believe might not be realized. Future results may vary from these estimates. At this time it is not practicable to determine if we will need to increase the valuation allowance or if such future valuations will have a material impact on our financial statements.

37



Goodwill, Capitalized Software Products, and Other Intangible Assets

        SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," requires an impairment-only approach to accounting for goodwill. Absent any prior indicators of impairment, we perform an annual impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. We performed our annual assessment for fiscal year 2004 and concluded that there were no impairments to record.

        The SFAS No. 142 goodwill impairment model is a two-step process. The first step is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its net book value (or carrying amount), including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. That is, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit.

        Determining the fair value of a reporting unit under the first step of the goodwill impairment test, and determining the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit (including unrecognized intangible assets) under the second step of the goodwill impairment test, is judgmental in nature and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether an impairment charge is recognized and the magnitude of any such charge. Estimates of fair value are primarily determined using discounted cash flow and are based on our best estimate of future revenue and operating costs and general market conditions. These estimates are subject to review and approval by senior management. This approach uses significant assumptions, including projected future cash flow, the discount rate reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flow, and a terminal growth rate.

        The carrying value of capitalized software products, both purchased software and internally developed software, and other intangible assets, are reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of internal and external facts or circumstances that may suggest impairment. The facts and circumstances considered include an assessment of the net realizable value for capitalized software products and the future recoverability of cost for other intangible assets as of the balance sheet date. It is not possible for us to predict the likelihood of any possible future impairments or, if such an impairment were to occur, the magnitude thereof. In fiscal year 2004, we recorded an impairment charge of $4 million related to internally developed capitalized software assets. This amount was included in the "Other gains/expenses, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

        We currently maintain stock option plans and restricted stock awards. Prior to April 1, 2003, we accounted for stock-based compensation under the recognition and measurement provisions in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," (APB No. 25) and related interpretations.

        Effective April 1, 2003, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148. We selected the prospective method to transition to the fair value method of measuring stock-based compensation expense. Under the prospective method, we recognize compensation expense related to all stock awards granted after March 31, 2003.

38



        We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to compute the estimated fair value of certain stock-based awards. The Black-Scholes model includes assumptions regarding dividend yields, expected volatility, expected lives, and risk-free interest rates. These assumptions reflect our best estimates, but these items involve uncertainties based on market and other conditions outside of our control. As a result, if other assumptions had been used in the current period, stock-based compensation expense could have been materially impacted. Furthermore, if different assumptions are used in future periods, stock-based compensation expense could be materially impacted in future years.

        The following table sets forth the various estimated effects on future earnings per share as a result of our adoption of SFAS No. 123 using the fair market value of our stock as of March 31, 2004 (base price). For purposes of this table, we have assumed that options covering 6.4 million shares are awarded in the last quarter of each fiscal year, which is consistent with fiscal year 2004, but may not be indicative of future option grants. We have assumed $11 million in contributions for each offer period related to the Year 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We have assumed all other variables to be the same as those used for fiscal year 2004, as detailed in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
  Potential Future Effect on EPS
Year Ended March 31

 
Assumed Exercise Price of Stock-Based Compensation

 
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  2009
 
$26.86 (base price)   $ (.04 ) $ (.09 ) $ (.13 ) $ (.13 ) $ (.13 )
$20.15 (25% below base price)     (.04 )   (.08 )   (.10 )   (.10 )   (.10 )
$33.58 (25% above base price)     (.04 )   (.10 )   (.15 )   (.16 )   (.16 )
$40.29 (50% above base price)     (.04 )   (.11 )   (.17 )   (.20 )   (.20 )

        The above table provides sensitivity analysis related to the granting of stock options and the associated expense incurred over the vesting period of the option. The assumptions used may vary significantly, which can result in a material change to the amounts presented above.

Legal Contingencies

        We are currently involved in various legal proceedings and claims. Periodically, we review the status of each significant matter and assess our potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any legal proceeding or claim is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability of a loss and the determination as to whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Due to the uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to our pending litigation and claims, and may revise our estimates. Such revisions could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition. See "Legal Proceedings," and Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our material legal proceedings.

New Accounting Pronouncements

        In November 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus on Issue No. 03-1, "The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments." Issue 03-1 requires certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures be made for debt and marketable equity securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity under SFAS No. 115 that are impaired at the balance sheet date, but for which an other-than-temporary impairment has not been recognized. We adopted EITF No. 03-1 as of March 31, 2004, and the required disclosures have been made (see Note 3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements).

39



BUSINESS

(a)   General Development of Business

Overview

        Incorporated in Delaware in 1974, Computer Associates is one of the world's largest providers of management software. We commenced operations in 1976 and completed an initial public offering of common stock in December 1981. We design, market, and license computer software products that allow businesses to efficiently run, manage, and automate critical aspects of their IT operations. Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "CA."

        We have a broad portfolio of software products that are designed to operate with all major business computer hardware platforms, operating systems, and products marketed by other hardware and software companies. Our software products include those that we have sold for many years, as well as newer products designed to address our customers' evolving business needs. Where appropriate, our products are specifically designed to work well with our other software products. Because the time, effort, and cost to make different software products work together is high, customers place greater value on software products that work well with one another.

        We have a large and broad base of customers and estimate that 95% of the Fortune 500® companies currently use our products. When customers enter into a software license agreement with us, they often pay for the right to use our software for a specified period of time. Upon the expiration of the term of the agreement, the customer often must either renew the license agreement or pay usage/maintenance fees, if applicable, for the right to continue to use our software and receive support. We experience contract renewal rates of approximately 80%. We believe that the existing relationships with our customers provide us the opportunity to cross-sell new software products to them.

        We are considered an Independent Software Vendor (ISV). ISVs develop and license software products that can increase the efficiency of computer hardware platforms or operating systems sold by other vendors. Companies that make the computer hardware and operating systems—including Microsoft, IBM, Hewlett-Packard (HP) and Sun Microsystems—often encourage and support ISVs. In some cases, these companies sell software that compete with our products.

Business Developments

        We occasionally acquire new software technology to complement our existing core software products and divest certain products that no longer fit with our core business strategy.

        In March 2004, we sold our approximate 90% interest in ACCPAC International, Inc. (ACCPAC), to The Sage Group, plc. (Sage). Our net proceeds totaled $104 million for all of our outstanding equity interests of ACCPAC, including options and change of control payments for certain ACCPAC officers and managers. We received approximately $90 million of the net proceeds in fiscal year 2004 and the remainder in fiscal year 2005. ACCPAC specializes in accounting, customer relationship management, human resources, warehouse management, manufacturing, electronic data interchange, and point-of-sale software for small and medium-sized businesses. As a result of the sale, we realized a gain, net of taxes, of approximately $60 million, and approximately 600 employees were transferred to Sage. The sale completed our multiyear effort to exit the business applications market. Pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," the prior year assets and liabilities of ACCPAC have been reclassified as a discontinued operation on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the results of operations of ACCPAC, including the gain on the sale in fiscal year 2004, have been recorded as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

40



        During fiscal year 2004, we made several strategic acquisitions to complement certain of our product lines. These included eSecurity Online, a maker of security and security-related software; Silent Runner, a maker of network security software that safeguards electronic property; and Miramar Systems, a leading provider of desktop migration tools. The aggregate purchase price for all acquisitions was approximately $53 million.

(b)   Financial Information About Segments

        Our global business is principally in a single industry segment—the design, development, marketing, licensing, and support of software products that can operate on a wide range of hardware platforms and operating systems.

        See Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial data pertaining to our segment and geographic operations.

(c)   Narrative Description of Business

Products

        In many cases, customers work with several vendors that provide different hardware platforms and operating systems. Designed to work with almost every commercially available computer hardware platform and with all common software operating systems, our software products address our customers' IT requirements in the following areas: enterprise management, security management, storage management, application life cycle management, data management and application development, and portal and business intelligence. Our products are supported by CA Common Services™ and Portal Technology (described below), so that they can work alone or together with other vendors' software products.

        CA Common Services is a term used to describe the common infrastructure that allows our software products to work together with those from other companies. We believe CA Common Services improves efficiency and reduces the problems associated with running multiple software products. Our Portal Technology gives customers a web-based, personalized workplace of our software products.

        Our Product Areas:

        Unicenter® for Infrastructure Management—Our Unicenter products are designed to improve the efficiency and responsiveness of our customers' computing operations. These products identify and help resolve problems within a customer's IT infrastructure. These products also automate time-consuming tasks such as software installation, tracking computing assets, and managing customers' databases. We offer Unicenter products across the following three major solution areas:

        eTrust™ for Security Management—Our eTrust solutions simplify security management by providing an innovative, comprehensive approach to security. The products protect information assets

41



and resources; provide appropriate system and information access to employees, customers, and partners; and centrally manage security-related administration. We offer eTrust products in the following three categories:

        BrightStor® for Storage Management—These products are designed to enable companies to centrally manage enterprise storage, while helping to ensure continuous availability and integrity of data. This increases storage efficiency and mitigates risk.

        BrightStor solutions help control escalating costs, increase the effectiveness of storage resources, and support business continuity and regulatory compliance. Solutions include BrightStor® ARCserve® Backup, BrightStor® Enterprise Backup, BrightStor® ARCserve® Backup for Laptops & Desktops, BrightStor® SAN Designer, BrightStor® SAN Manager, BrightStor® Storage Resource Manager, BrightStor® CA-Vantage™ Storage Resource Manager, and BrightStor® CA-1® Tape Management.

        AllFusion® for Application Life Cycle Management—These products are designed to automate the life cycles of systems and applications, from design and development to deployment and maintenance. These products integrate with existing environments and infrastructures, and provide management of the software development process for any platform, from the mainframe to the Web. Products include AllFusion® ERwin® Data Modeler for application and data design, AllFusion® Harvest Change Manager for distributed platforms, AllFusion® Endevor® Change Manager for mainframe platforms, and AllFusion® Gen for application generation.

        Advantage™ for Data Management and Application Development—These products are designed to help customers store and manage large amounts of data; and automate, standardize, and improve the processes they use to build and maintain vital company information. Products include Advantage™ EDBC®, Advantage™ CA-Datacom®, Advantage™ Ingres®, and Advantage™ CA-IDMS® Database.

        CleverPath™ for Portal and Business Intelligence—These solutions enable businesses to centralize information access; refine, analyze, and sort data; create and distribute informative reports; and develop executive dashboards that mirror their business processes. Products include CleverPath™ Portal, CleverPath™ Aion® Business Rules Expert, and CleverPath™ Dashboard Option.

Business Model

        Customers face challenges when trying to achieve their desired returns on software investments. These challenges are compounded by traditional software pricing models that often force companies to make long-term commitments for projected capacities. When these projections are inaccurate, the

42



desired returns on investment are not achieved. Many companies are also concerned that, due to short product life cycles for some software products, new products may become available before the end of their current software license agreement periods. In addition, some companies, particularly those in new or evolving industries, want pricing structures that are linked to the growth of their businesses to minimize the risks of overestimating capacity projections.

        We believe we can service our customers better by offering more flexible licensing terms to help ensure they realize maximum value from their software investments. In October 2000, we formalized this philosophy and refer to it as our Business Model.

        Our Business Model offers customers a wide range of purchasing and payment options. Under what we call "FlexSelect LicensingSM," customers can license our software products for relatively short periods of time, including on a monthly basis. By offering more flexible licensing agreements, customers can evaluate whether our software meets their needs before making larger commitments. As customers become more comfortable with their software investments, they typically license our software for longer terms, generally up to three years.

        Some customers prefer to choose cost certainty and sign longer-term agreements. Under FlexSelect Licensing, customers can also license our software products under traditional one-, two-, or three-year licenses. We provide our customers with the option to change their product mix after an initial period of time to mitigate their risks. We also help customers reduce uncertainty by providing a standard pricing schedule based on simple usage tiers.

        We also offer software licenses to customers based on the value created from our customers' business processes by linking our pricing structure to the growth of our customers' businesses. For example, an airline company may choose to license our software based on the number of passenger miles flown during a defined period. Although this practice is not widely utilized by our customers, we believe this metric-based approach is unique in the software industry and can provide us with a competitive advantage.

        As a result of the flexible licensing terms we offer our customers, specifically the right to receive software in the future within defined product lines for no additional fee, we are required under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) to recognize revenue from our license agreements ratably over the license term. For a description of how ratable revenue recognition has impacted our financial results, refer to "Results of Operations" within "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

        Our Business Model is one aspect that exemplifies our commitment to helping our customers receive ongoing value from our software. In addition, our professional services organization offers customers a single point of contact for all their installation, integration, and ongoing maintenance needs. Customer Advocates maintain customer relationships, identify possible areas for additional education or services, and help ensure that customers maximize the benefits of the licensed software. We have begun adding Sales Specialists (sales persons who focus on a single product area, such as storage management or security management) and Account Directors (single persons responsible for overall account management of specific customers) to enhance the sales and customer satisfaction process.

        We compensate many of our employees based upon improvements in customer satisfaction, as measured by independent customer satisfaction surveys.

        In addition to investment in research and development, we support our customers through the following means:

43


Sales and Marketing

        We distribute, market, and support our software products through our own sales force and through a network of independent, value-added resellers (VARs), original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), distributors, and dealers. Facilities managers, including CSC, EDS, and IBM Global Services, often deliver IT services using our software products to companies that prefer to outsource their IT operations.

        Our sales organization operates on a worldwide basis. Each geographic territory offers all or most of our software products. As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately 4,900 sales and sales support personnel, including our CA Technology Services team, solution-focused Sales Specialists, Account Directors, and Customer Advocates.

        We also operate through branches and subsidiaries located in 45 countries outside the United States. Each of these organizations has a sales team that offers all or most of our software products in its territory. Approximately 48% of our revenue in fiscal year 2004 was derived from operations outside the United States.

        We actively encourage VARs to market our software products. VARs often combine our software products with specialized consulting services. A VAR services a particular market or sector and provides enhanced user-specific solutions.

        During the past several years, we formed joint ventures with leading technology providers, predominately in Asia. By aligning with local technology providers in a particular geographic area, these joint ventures offer additional avenues through which we can market and license our software products to customers.

Quality

        We achieved global ISO 9001:2000 certification in March 2003. This certification is recognized globally as the highest standard of quality a company can achieve within the ISO 9000 series of standards. Our quality initiatives include documenting processes, defining responsibilities and authorities, measuring performance against predetermined goals, and auditing for compliance, with a special emphasis on continual business process improvement and increasing customer satisfaction.

        We have also initiated department-specific processes and procedures designed to achieve the highest levels of quality. For example, in our development organization, we use a Software

44



Development Methodology that is designed to standardize all of our development life cycle systems and procedures. The goal is to reduce mistakes or errors.

        Project 360°, a company-wide initiative designed to integrate development and marketing efforts and improve communications, builds on our Software Development Methodology to further enhance our product life cycle. By driving better teamwork among departments, we believe we can deliver innovative, customer-focused software products to market faster than ever before.

Product Development

        We continue to invest extensively in product development and enhancements. We anticipate that we will continue to adapt our software products to the rapid changes in the computer industry and will continue to enhance our products to help them remain compatible with hardware changes. We expect that we will continue to be able to improve our software products to work with the latest hardware platforms and operating systems.

        We have several programs designed to involve customers throughout our software product development process. The Development Buddy™ Program gives customers direct access to our development resources and provides us with feedback to help produce new software products. Our beta software program involves delivery of new software products to selected customers for testing before we make the products generally available. Our Product Advisory Council of experienced IT professionals acts as an independent adviser for software design and development. We also work with approximately 250 recognized worldwide user groups, comprised of licensed customers, who actively communicate with each other and with us about our software products. Each of these programs provides us with valuable information that we use to develop and enhance our software products.

        We also pursue "next-generation" technologies that we believe our customers need to enhance their businesses. Our research and development efforts, across all of our product areas, include emerging technologies such as:

        In the United States, product development is primarily performed at our facilities in San Diego, California; Lisle, Illinois; Framingham, Massachusetts; Mount Laurel, New Jersey; Princeton, New Jersey; Islandia, New York; Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Plano, Texas; and Herndon, Virginia. Internationally, we also perform product development in Australia, China, France, Germany, India, Israel, Japan, and the United Kingdom.

        Some of our software products were acquired from other companies and individuals. We continually seek to complement and improve our software portfolio through acquisitions and strategic partnerships. The purchase price of acquired software products (purchased software) is capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of such products over a period not exceeding seven years.

45



Proprietary Rights

        Certain aspects of our products and technology are proprietary. We rely on U.S. and foreign intellectual property laws, including patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary rights. As of March 31, 2004, we have received 280 patents worldwide and have more than 1,345 patent applications pending worldwide for our software technology. However, the extent and duration given to different types of intellectual property rights vary under different countries' legal systems, and in certain countries, full-scale intellectual property protection for our products and technology may be unavailable, or the laws of these other jurisdictions may not protect our proprietary technology rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. We also maintain contractual restrictions in our agreements with customers, employees, and others to protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, we license software and technology from third parties, including some competitors, and incorporate them into our own software products.

        The source code for our products is protected both as a trade secret and as a copyrighted work. Some of our customers are beneficiaries of a source code escrow arrangement that enables the customer to obtain a contingent, future-limited right to access our source code. If our source code is accessed, the likelihood of misappropriation or other misuse of our intellectual property may increase.

        We believe that our products and technologies do not infringe the proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties, however, may assert infringement claims against us in the future with respect to current or future products, and any such assertion may require us to enter into royalty arrangements or result in costly and time-consuming litigation.

Competition

        The markets in which we compete are marked by rapid and substantial technological change, the steady emergence of new companies and products, evolving industry standards, and changing customer needs. Some of the factors with which our products compete include, but are not limited to: performance, quality, breadth of product group, integration of products, brand name recognition, price, functionality, customer support, frequency of upgrades and updates, manageability of products, and reputation.

        We compete with many established companies in the markets we serve. Some of these companies have substantially greater financial, marketing, and technological resources, larger distribution capabilities, earlier access to customers, and greater opportunity to address customers' various information technology requirements than us. These factors may provide our competitors with an advantage in penetrating markets with their products. We also compete with many smaller, less established companies that may be able to focus more effectively on specific product segments or markets. We believe, however, that the breadth and quality of our product offerings provide us with a competitive advantage in the marketplace. We compete with many software providers across our six product areas. Some of our competitors include:

46


Risks

        Current and potential stockholders should consider carefully the risk factors described in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Any of these factors, or others, many of which are beyond our control, could negatively affect our future business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flow.

Customers

        No individual customer accounted for a material portion of our revenue during any of the past three fiscal years, or a material portion of deferred subscription revenue reported in the balance sheet at the end of any period in the past three fiscal years. The majority of our software products are used with relatively expensive computer hardware. As a result, most of our revenue is generated from customers who have the ability to make substantial commitments to software and hardware implementations. Our software products are used in a broad range of industries, businesses, and applications. Our customers include manufacturers, technology companies, retailers, banks, insurance companies, other financial services providers, educational institutions, health care institutions, and governmental agencies.

Employees

        The table below sets forth the approximate number of employees by location and department as of March 31, 2004:

Location

  Employees as
of March 31,
2004

Corporate headquarters   2,500
Other U.S. offices   5,800
International offices   7,000
   
Total   15,300
   
Department

  Employees as
of March 31,
2004

Product development   5,100
Sales and support (including pre-sales and post-sales)   4,900
Professional services   1,400
Information technology support, finance, and    
administration   3,900
   
Total   15,300
   

        As of March 31, 2004 and 2003, we had approximately 15,300 and 16,000 employees, respectively. In connection with the restructuring of the U.S. channel sales organization and the combination of the pre- and post-sales technical organizations in April 2003, approximately 450 positions worldwide were eliminated in the first quarter of fiscal year 2004. In addition, approximately 600 employees were transferred to the acquirer of our ACCPAC subsidiary in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004. The decrease in the number of employees due to the ACCPAC divestiture was partially offset by an increase of approximately 350 other employees during the year. We believe our employee relations are satisfactory.

47



(d)   Financial Information About Geographic Areas

        See Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial data pertaining to our segment and geographic operations.

(e)   Available Information

        Our website address is ca.com. All filings we make with the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and our Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments, are available for free on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed or furnished to the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to be read or copied at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our filings can also be obtained for free on the SEC's Internet site at sec.gov. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website in this Registration Statement or other filings with the SEC, and the information contained on the website is not part of this document.

        Our website also contains information about our initiatives in corporate governance, including our corporate governance principles and the charters of the committees of the Board of Directors. These documents can also be obtained in print by writing to our Corporate Secretary at the Company's world headquarters. Visit ca.com/governance for details.

48



QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

        Our exposure to market rate risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio, debt, and installment accounts receivable. We have a prescribed methodology whereby we invest our excess cash in debt instruments of government agencies and high-quality corporate issuers (Standard & Poor's single "A" rating and higher). To mitigate risk, many of the securities have a maturity date within one year, and holdings of any one issuer, excluding the U.S. government, do not exceed 10% of the portfolio. Periodically, the portfolio is reviewed and adjusted if the credit rating of a security held has deteriorated. We do not utilize derivative financial instruments to mitigate interest rate risk.

        We have shifted from a blend of both fixed and floating rate debt instruments to substantially all fixed rate debt instruments to take advantage of historically low interest rates. As of March 31, 2004, our outstanding debt approximated $2.3 billion, approximately all of which is in fixed rate obligations. If market rates were to decline, we could be required to make payments on the fixed rate debt that would exceed those based on current market rates. Each 25 basis point decrease in interest rates would have an associated annual opportunity cost of approximately $6 million. Each 25 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would have an immaterial annual effect on variable rate debt interest based on the balances of such debt as of March 31, 2004.

        Prior to our implementation of the Business Model, we offered financing arrangements with installment payment terms in connection with our software solution sales. The aggregate amounts due from customers include an imputed interest element, which can vary with the interest rate environment. Each 25 basis point increase in interest rates would have an associated annual opportunity cost of approximately $5 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        We conduct business on a worldwide basis through branches and subsidiaries in 45 countries. We are therefore exposed to movement in currency exchange rates. As part of our risk management strategy and consistent with prior years, we did not enter into any foreign exchange derivative transactions. In addition, we manage our level of exposure by denominating a majority of international sales and payments of related expense in the local currencies of our subsidiaries. A 1% change in all foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar would have an insignificant effect on our results from operations.

Equity Price Risk

        As of March 31, 2004, we have minimal investments in marketable equity securities of publicly traded companies. These investments were considered available-for-sale with any unrealized gains or temporary losses deferred as a component of stockholders' equity. It is not customary for us to make investments in equity securities as part of our investment strategy.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

        The Supplementary Data Specified by Item 302 of Regulation S-K as it relates to quarterly data is included in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Information on the effects of changing prices is not required.

49



PROPERTIES

        Our principal real estate properties are located in areas necessary to meet sales and operating requirements. All of the properties are considered to be both suitable and adequate to meet current and anticipated operating requirements.

        As of March 31, 2004, we leased 108 facilities throughout the United States and 133 facilities outside the United States. Expiration dates on significant lease obligations extend to 2023.

        We own an approximately 850,000-square-foot corporate headquarters in Islandia, New York, as well as various facilities throughout the United States ranging from 15,000 to 235,000 square feet. We own one facility in Germany totaling approximately 100,000 square feet, one facility in Italy with approximately 140,000 square feet, and an approximately 215,000-square-foot European headquarters in the United Kingdom.

        We own and lease various computer, telecommunications, electronic, and transportation equipment. We also lease mainframe and distributed computers at our facilities in Islandia, New York, and Lisle, Illinois. This equipment is used for internal product development, technical support efforts, and administrative purposes. We consider our computer and other equipment to be adequate for our current and anticipated needs. See "Contractual Obligations" under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information concerning lease obligations.

50



DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Board of Directors of the Registrant

        [To be updated as appropriate upon completion of proxy materials]

        Set forth below are the names and ages of the directors, the principal occupation of each, the year in which each was first elected a director of the Company, the business experience of each for at least the past five years and certain other information concerning each of the directors.

 
   
  Age
  Director
Since


Russell M. Artzt

 

Executive Vice President eTrust™ Solutions since April 2002. Executive Vice President—Research and Development from 1987 until March 2002, and the Senior Development Officer of the Company since 1976

 

57

 

1980

Kenneth D. Cron

 

Interim CEO since April 2004. From June 2001 to January 2004, Mr. Cron served as Chairman and CEO of Vivendi Universal Games, Inc., a publisher of online, PC and console-based interactive entertainment and a division of Vivendi Universal, S.A. Mr. Cron served as Chief Executive Officer of the Flipside Network, now a part of Vivendi Universal Net USA from March 2001 to June 2001. He was Chief Executive Officer of Uproar Inc. from September 1999 to March 2001, when Uproar was acquired by Flipside. Mr. Cron worked at CMP Media, Inc. from 1978 to June 1999, when CMP Media was acquired by Miller Freeman, Inc. At CMP Media, as the President of Publishing, Mr. Cron had responsibility for the company's United States businesses, including its print publications, trade shows/conferences and online services. He was appointed Chairman of Midway Games Inc. in June 2004.

 

47

 

2002

Alfonse M. D'Amato

 

Managing Director of Park Strategies LLC, a business consulting firm, since January 1999. United States Senator from January 1981 until January 1999. During his tenure in the Senate, he served as Chairman of the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs, and Chairman of the Commission on Security and Cooperation in Europe.

 

66

 

1999

Gary J. Fernandes

 

Retired as Vice Chairman of Electronic Data Systems Corporation (EDS) in 1998, after serving as Senior Vice President and a director from 1984 to 1996 and 1981 to 1998, respectively, and as Chairman of EDS' A.T. Kearney management consulting services subsidiary from 1995 to 1998. Founded Convergent Partners, Ltd., a venture capital partnership, and was a partner of Convergent from January to December 1999. Served from 2000 to July 2002 as Chairman and CEO of Grocery Works, and since 2001 as Advisory Director of MHT Partners and as Chairman of FLF Real Estate Ventures. In 1999 founded Voyagers The Travel Store Holdings, Inc., a chain of travel agencies, and was president and sole shareholder of Voyagers. Mr. Fernandes currently serves on the boards of directors of 7-Eleven, Inc., BancTec, Inc., webMethods, Inc., and Anacomp, Inc.

 

60

 

2003
             

51



Robert E. La Blanc

 

Founder and President of Robert E. La Blanc Associates, Inc., an information technologies consulting and investment banking firm, since 1981. He was previously Vice Chairman of Continental Telecom Corporation and previously a general partner of Salomon Brothers. He is also a director of Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd., Fibernet Telecom Group, Inc., Avatech Solutions, Inc., The Titan Corporation, and a family of Prudential Mutual Funds.

 

70

 

2002

Jay W. Lorsch

 

Louis Kirstein Professor of Human Relations since 1978 at the Harvard Business School. Mr. Lorsch has served as Faculty Chairman of the Harvard Business School's Global Corporate Goverance Initiative since 1998. He is an author of more than a dozen books and consultant to the boards of directors of several Fortune 500® companies. He has held several major administrative positions at the School, including Senior Associate Dean from 1986 to 1995.

 

71

 

2002

Lewis S. Ranieri

 

Chairman since 2004. Founder and prime originator of Hyperion Partners L.P. and Hyperion Partners II L.P. ("Hyperion"), and chairman or director of various Hyperion entities. He is also Chairman and CEO of Ranieri & Co., Inc., a private investment advisor and Chairman and a member of the Board of Directors of Hyperion Capital Management, Inc., a registered investment advisor. Prior to forming Hyperion Partners L.P., Mr. Ranieri had been Vice Chairman of Salomon Brothers Inc. ("Salomon") and worked for Salomon from July 1968 to December 1987. He is also a director of Reckson Associates Realty Corp., and Chairman of American Financial Realty Trust, Capital Lease Funding, Inc. and Franklin Bank Corp.

 

57

 

2001

Walter P. Schuetze

 

Independent consultant since February 2000. He was Chief Accountant to the SEC's Division of Enforcement from November 1997 to February 2000, an independent consultant from April 1995 to November 1997, and Chief Accountant to the SEC from January 1992 to March 1995. He was a charter member of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council, and a member and chair of the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He is also a director and chairman of the audit committee of TransMontaigne Inc. and NES Rentals Holdings, Inc.

 

71

 

2002
             

52



Alex Serge Vieux

 

Founder of DASAR, Inc., an international technology company, where he has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since 1990. He was a co-founder of C.A.T.S. Software GmbH and Renaissance Software, Inc., firms focusing on the banking industry. He is also a director of Check Point Software Technologies Ltd., Commerce One, Inc., Qualys and Daum Communications. He is also a publisher and CEO of Red Herring since April 2003.

 

46

 

2002

53


Executive Officers of the Registrant

        The name, age, present position, and business experience of our executive officers as of June 21, 2004, are listed below:

[Descriptions subject to updating upon completion of proxy materials]

Name

  Age
  Position
Kenneth D. Cron   47   Interim Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jeff Clarke   42   Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Russell M. Artzt   57   Executive Vice President and Director
Mark J. Barrenechea   39   Executive Vice President—Product Development
Gregory W. Corgan   50   Executive Vice President—Worldwide Sales
Kenneth V. Handal1   55   Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Gary Quinn   43   Executive Vice President—Sales Support
Robert B. Lamm   57   Senior Vice President, Secretary, and Director of Corporate Governance
Una O'Neill   34   Senior Vice President—CA Technology Services
Douglas E. Robinson   48   Senior Vice President and Controller
Mary Stravinskas   43   Senior Vice President and Treasurer

(1)
Mr. Handal was named Executive Vice President and General Counsel in June 2004. He is expected to commence employment with the Company on or about July 12, 2004.

        Mr. Cron was named Interim Chief Executive Officer in April 2004. He joined the Company's Board of Directors in 2002. Previously, Mr. Cron was Chief Executive Officer of Vivendi Universal Games, a division of Vivendi Universal, S.A. Previously, Mr. Cron served as Chief Executive Officer of the Flipside Network, a division of Vivendi Universal Games. He was Chief Executive Officer of Uproar Inc. prior to its acquisition by Flipside.

        Mr. Clarke joined the Company in March 2004 as Chief Financial Officer, and in April 2004 was named Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. From 2002 through November 2003, he was Executive Vice President, Global Operations at HP, where he was responsible for the supply chain and procurement operations. He joined Compaq Computer Corporation in 1998 and held several positions, including Chief Financial Officer of Compaq from 2001 until the time of Compaq's merger with HP in 2002.

        Mr. Artzt has been with the Company since June 1976. He has been an Executive Vice President since April 1987, and a Director of the Company since November 1980.

        Mr. Barrenechea joined the Company in June 2003 as Senior Vice President of Product Development. He was named Executive Vice President in June 2004. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Barrenechea served in a variety of positions at Oracle Corporation, including Senior Vice President, Applications Development, and as a member of the Executive Management Committee.

        Mr. Corgan was appointed Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales at the Company in April 2004. Mr. Corgan joined the Company in 2003 as Senior Vice President of North American Sales. Prior to joining the Company, from June 2001 to November 2002, Mr. Corgan was Senior Vice President for Worldwide Operations at Terraspring, Inc., an infrastructure software company, and from February 2000 to February 2001, he was Chief Executive Officer of OneChem Ltd., a provider of

54



web-based application software and connectivity services for the chemical industry. Previously, Mr. Corgan was with IBM for 24 years, where he held numerous management positions in software sales, marketing, and technical support.

        Mr. Quinn has been an Executive Vice President—Sales Support since April 2000. He was an Executive Vice President—Global Information and Administrative Services from April 1998 to April 2000, and was a Senior Vice President—Global Information Services from April 1996 to April 1998. Prior to 1998, he served in various management positions within the marketing and technical organizations. He joined the Company in December 1985.

        Mr. Lamm joined the Company and was named Director of Corporate Governance and Corporate Secretary in October 2002. From May 2000 through September 2002, he was a shareholder and Chair of the Securities and Corporate Governance Practice Group of Gunster, Yoakley & Stewart, P.A., in West Palm Beach, Florida. He was Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary of Hvide Marine Incorporated from 1998 to 2000, and he previously served as Vice President and Secretary of W. R. Grace & Co. Hvide Marine filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in September 1999, and emerged from Chapter 11 in December 1999 under a plan of reorganization.

        Ms. O'Neill was named Senior Vice President and General Manager of CA Technology Services in April 2003. Prior to this, from April 2002 to April 2003, she was Senior Vice President of Worldwide Pre-sales, where she managed CA's worldwide pre-sales consulting organization. Prior to her global responsibilities, she was a Vice President of pre-sales consulting within Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. Ms. O'Neill joined the Company in 1994.

        Mr. Robinson has been Senior Vice President and Controller since March 2004. Previously, Mr. Robinson served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from October 2003 through March 2004. He has also lead the worldwide financial reporting function since April 2003, and in August 2000, Mr. Robinson co-founded and was named Executive Vice President and CFO for iCan SP, a Company subsidiary specializing in service management software. He was Senior Vice President—Investor Relations from 1995 to 2000, and established the Company's internal audit department in 1991. He joined the Company with the acquisition of Cullinet Software in September 1989, where he was Chief Financial Officer.

        Ms. Stravinskas was elected Treasurer effective May 2001. She was named Senior Vice President in October 2003, having previously been a Vice President since 1999, and an Assistant Vice President and a manager of various functions within the finance organization. She joined the Company in February 1986.

55



COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION
CONCERNING EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

        The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation earned for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, by the Chief Executive Officer and the four most highly compensated executive officers (based on combined salary and bonus) of the Company other than the Chief Executive Officer for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004.

Summary Compensation Table

 
  Annual Compensation
   
   
  Long-Term Compensation Awards
Name and
Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year

  Salary
  Bonus
  Other Annual
Compensation(1)

  Restricted Stock
Awards($)

  Option
Awards(#)(2)

  All Other
Compensation(3)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[To Come]

56


Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

        The following table provides information on option grants to each of the executive officers of the Company named in the Summary Compensation Table of this Registration Statement (the "Named Executive Officers") in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004.

 
  Individual Grants
   
   
   
Name

  Number of
Options
Granted
2004(1)

  Percent of Total
Options Granted to
Employees in Fiscal
Year(2)

  Exercise Price
($/share)

  Expiration
Date

  Grant Date Present
Value(3)

[To Come]

Aggregate Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and
Fiscal Year-End Option Values

 
   
   
  Number of
Unexercised Options
at March 31, 2004

  Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money Options
at March 31, 2004(2)

Name

  Share Acquired
on Exercised

  Value
Realized(1)

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable

[To Come]

57


Equity Compensation Plan Information

        The following table summarizes share and exercise price information about the Company's equity compensation plans as of March 31, 2004. All of the Company's equity compensation plans have been approved by the Company's stockholders.

Plan Category

  Number of
Securities Issuable Upon
Exercise of Outstanding
Options, Warrants and Rights

  Weighted Average Exercise
Price of Outstanding
Options, Warrants and Rights

  Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in the First Column)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders   [To Come]
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders            
Total            

Compensation and Human Resource Committee Report
on Executive Compensation

[To Come]

58


Stock Performance Graph

        The following graph compares the cumulative total return of the Common Stock (using the closing price on the NYSE at March 31, 2004, the last trading day of the Company's 2004 fiscal year, of $26.86) with the Standard & Poor's Systems Software Index* and the Standard & Poor's 500 Index during the fiscal years 2000 through 2004 assuming the investment of $100 on March 31, 1999 and the reinvestment of dividends.


Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return
(Among Computer Associates International, Inc.,
S&P Systems Software Index, and S&P 500 Index)

GRAPHIC

Total Return Data

 
  3/31/99
  3/31/00
  3/31/01
  3/31/02
  3/31/03
  3/31/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer Associates International, Inc.

 

100

 

167

 

77

 

62

 

39

 

77

S&P 500 Index

 

100

 

118

 

92

 

93

 

70

 

94

S&P Systems Software Index

 

100

 

154

 

73

 

75

 

59

 

67

*
The Standard & Poor's Systems Software Index is composed of the following companies:

Adobe Systems Inc.   Novell Inc.
BMC Software Inc.   Oracle Corp.
Computer Associates International Inc.   Symantec Corp.
Microsoft Corp.   Veritas Software Co.

59



LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        The Company, its former Chairman and CEO Charles B. Wang, its former Chairman and CEO Sanjay Kumar, and Russell M. Artzt were defendants in a number of stockholder class action lawsuits, the first of which was filed July 23, 1998, alleging that a class consisting of all persons who purchased the Company's common stock during the period from January 20, 1998, until July 22, 1998, were harmed by misleading statements, misrepresentations, and omissions regarding the Company's future financial performance. These cases, which sought monetary damages, were consolidated into a single action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York (the Federal Court), the proposed class was certified, and discovery was completed. Additionally, in February and March 2002, a number of stockholder lawsuits were filed in the Federal Court against the Company and Messrs. Wang, Kumar, Ira H. Zar, the Company's former Chief Financial Officer, and in one instance, Mr. Artzt. The lawsuits generally alleged, among other things, that the Company made misleading statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in connection with the Company's financial performance. Each of the named individual plaintiffs in the 2002 lawsuits sought to represent a class consisting of purchasers of the Company's common stock and call options and sellers of put options for the period from May 28, 1999, through February 25, 2002. The 2002 cases were consolidated, and the Company's former independent auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, was named as a defendant. In addition, in May 2003, a class action lawsuit captioned John A. Ambler v. Computer Associates International, Inc., et al. was filed in the Federal Court. The complaint in this matter, a purported class action on behalf of the Computer Associates Savings Harvest Plan (the CASH Plan) and the participants and beneficiaries of the CASH Plan for a class period running from March 30, 1998, through May 30, 2003, asserted claims of breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA, the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act. The named defendants were the Company, the Company's Board of Directors, the CASH Plan, the Administrative Committee of the CASH Plan, and the following current or former employees and/or directors of the Company: Charles B. Wang; Sanjay Kumar; Ira Zar; Russell M. Artzt; Peter A. Schwartz; Charles P. McWade; and various unidentified alleged fiduciaries of the CASH Plan. The complaint alleged that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties by causing the CASH Plan to invest in Company securities and sought damages in an unspecified amount.

        A derivative lawsuit was filed against certain current and former directors of the Company, based on essentially the same allegations as those contained in the February and March 2002 stockholder lawsuits discussed above. This action was commenced in April 2002 in Delaware Chancery Court, and an amended complaint was filed in November 2002. The defendants named in the amended complaints were the Company as a nominal defendant, current Company directors Messrs. Artzt, Lewis S. Ranieri, and Alfonse M. D'Amato, and former Company directors Ms. Shirley Strum Kenny and Messrs. Wang, Kumar, Willem de Vogel, Richard Grasso, and Roel Pieper. The derivative suit alleged breach of fiduciary duties on the part of all the individual defendants and, as against the current and former management director defendants, insider trading on the basis of allegedly misappropriated confidential, material information. The amended complaints sought an accounting and recovery on behalf of the Company of an unspecified amount of damages, including recovery of the profits allegedly realized from the sale of common stock of the Company.

        On August 25, 2003, the Company announced the settlement of all outstanding litigation related to the above-referenced stockholder and derivative actions as well as the settlement of an additional derivative action filed in the Federal Court in connection with the settlement. Following the approval of the Federal Court, which was granted in December 2003, the Company agreed to issue a total of up to 5.7 million shares of common stock to the shareholders represented in the three class action lawsuits, including payment of attorneys' fees. The settlement provides that if the Company's share price is below $23.43 per share at the time of distribution, up to 2.2 million of the 5.7 million shares will be payable in cash at that price—or approximately $52 million in cash. In that case, the stock portion of

60



the settlement would be reduced to no less than 3.5 million shares. In January 2004, approximately 1.6 million settlement shares were issued along with approximately $3.3 million to the plaintiffs' attorneys for attorney fees and related expenses. In March 2004, approximately 0.2 million settlement shares were issued to participants and beneficiaries of the CASH Plan. The remaining 3.8 million settlement shares, less any additional administrative expenses, will be issued to class members in the stockholder class action lawsuits upon completion of the claims administration process. At the time of the distribution to the class members, if the price of the Company's stock is below $23.43 per share, a portion of the remaining settlement shares (currently up to 1.5 million shares) will be distributed to the class members in cash at the price of $23.43 per share. Therefore, as of March 31, 2004, the Company's maximum cash distribution would have been approximately $35 million. In settling the derivative suit, the Company committed to maintain certain corporate governance practices. Under the settlement, the Company and the individual defendants are released from any potential claim by shareholders relating to accounting-related or other public statements made by the Company or its agents from January 1998 through February 2002 (and from January 1998 through May 2003 in the case of the employee ERISA action), and the individual defendants are released from any potential claim by the Company or its shareholders relating to the same matters. Ernst & Young LLP is not a party to the settlement. The settlement was reviewed by the independent directors who chair the Company's Governance, Audit, and Compensation and Human Resource Committees of the Board of Directors as well as by all non-interested, independent directors who were not named in any of the suits. It was also approved by the Board's independent directors as a whole.

        The Company has been providing documents and other information to the United States Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of New York and the staff of the Northeast Regional Office of the SEC in connection with an ongoing investigation concerning certain of the Company's accounting practices, including its revenue recognition procedures in periods prior to the adoption of the Company's Business Model in October 2000. On January 8, 2004, the Company received a "Wells Notice" from the staff of the SEC. The Wells Notice notifies the Company that the staff of the SEC is considering recommending that the SEC bring a civil enforcement proceeding against the Company for possible violations of the federal securities laws arising from the Company's premature recognition of revenue from software license agreements in periods prior to the adoption of the Company's Business Model, including revenue from contracts that were not fully executed or otherwise finalized until after the quarter in which the revenue associated with such contracts had been recognized. On April 14, 2004, the Company responded to the Wells Notice and is discussing with the United States Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of New York and the staff of the SEC a resolution of the investigation against the Company.

        In response to the investigation described in the preceding paragraph, the Board of Directors authorized the Audit Committee to conduct an independent investigation into the timing of revenue recognition by the Company. On October 8, 2003, the Company reported that the ongoing investigation by the Audit Committee had preliminarily found that revenues were prematurely recognized in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, and that a number of software license agreements appeared to have been signed after the end of the quarter in which revenues associated with such software license agreements had been recognized in that fiscal year. Those revenues, as the Audit Committee found, should have been recognized in the quarter in which the software license agreements were signed. Those preliminary findings were reported to government investigators.

        Following the Audit Committee's preliminary report and at its recommendation, the Company asked for and received the resignations of four executives who oversaw the relevant financial operations during the period in question, including the Company's then Chief Financial Officer, Ira Zar. On January 22, 2004, one of these individuals pleaded guilty to federal criminal charges of conspiracy to obstruct justice in connection with the ongoing joint investigation, and on April 8, 2004, Mr. Zar and two other executives pleaded guilty to charges of conspiracy to obstruct justice and conspiracy to commit securities fraud in connection with the investigation. The SEC filed related actions against each of the four executives alleging that they participated in a widespread practice that resulted in the

61



improper recognition of revenue by the Company. Without admitting or denying the allegations in the complaints, Mr. Zar and two other executives each consented to a permanent injunction against violating, or aiding and abetting violations of, the securities laws, and also to a permanent bar from serving as an officer or director of a publicly held company. Litigation against the four executives with respect to the Commission's claims for disgorgement and penalties is continuing. A number of other employees, primarily in the Company's legal and finance departments, have been terminated or have resigned as a result of matters under investigation by the Audit Committee, including Steven Woghin, the Company's former General Counsel. Stephen Richards, the Company's former Executive Vice President of Sales, resigned from his position and was relieved of all duties in April 2004, and is leaving the Company at the end of June 2004. Additionally, on April 21, 2004, Sanjay Kumar resigned as Chairman, a director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and assumed the role of Chief Software Architect. Thereafter, Mr. Kumar resigned from the Company effective June 30, 2004.

        The Company cannot predict the scope, timing, or outcome of the investigation and other matters referred to herein, which may include the institution of administrative, civil injunctive, or criminal proceedings, the imposition of fines and penalties, which may be significant, suspensions or debarments from government contracts, and other remedies and sanctions, any of which could lead to an adverse impact on our credit ratings and ability to obtain financing, an adverse impact on the Company's stock price, loss of additional senior management, the inability to attract or retain key employees, and the loss of customers. In addition, under the law, the illegal acts of the Company's employees may be ascribed to the Company. The Company cannot predict what impact, if any, these matters may have on its business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow. The Company recorded a $10 million charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004 associated with the pending government investigation. This charge was based on an initial offer the Company made to the government in connection with settlement discussions associated with the Department of Justice and SEC investigation.

        In April 2004, the Audit Committee completed its internal investigation and determined that the Company should restate certain financial data to properly reflect the timing of the recognition of license revenue for the Company's fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000. For more information regarding this restatement, please see "Selected Financial Data." Additional information can also be found in the Form 8-K the Company filed with the SEC on April 26, 2004. The Audit Committee believes that the Company's financial statements under its current Business Model are unaffected by the accounting practices that were in place prior to the adoption of the Business Model in October 2000, and that the historical issues it had identified in the course of its independent investigation concerned the premature recognition of revenue. The Company continues to implement and consider additional remedial actions it deems necessary.

        In July 2002, two derivative lawsuits were filed against the then directors of the Company in the Delaware Chancery Court. These lawsuits alleged waste and breach of fiduciary duties in connection with the Company's payment to and standstill agreement with Sam Wyly and Ranger Governance Ltd., pursuant to which they agreed, among other things, not to engage in a proxy contest with the Company for five years and to extend Mr. Wyly's noncompete agreement with the Company. By stipulation of the parties to the litigation, the Chancery Court dismissed these lawsuits, with prejudice, in April 2004.

        The Company, various subsidiaries, and certain current and former officers have been named as defendants in various other lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses in connection with such lawsuits and claims, and intends to vigorously contest each of them. In the opinion of the Company's management, the results of these other lawsuits and claims, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flow.


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

[To Come]

62



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth certain information that has been provided to the Company with respect to beneficial ownership of shares of the Company's Common Stock as of July     , 2004 for (i) each person who is known by the Company to beneficially own more than five percent of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) the Named Executive Officers, and (iv) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Number of Shares
Beneficial Owned(1)

  Percent of
Class

Walter H. Haefner/
Careal Holding AG
Utoquai 49
8022 Zurich, Switzerland
       
Private Capital Management, L.P.
8889 Pelican Bay Boulevard
Suite 500
Naples, FL
       
Putnam LLC
One Post Office Square
Boston, MA 02109
       
Russell M. Artzt   [to come]
Kenneth D. Cron        
Alfonse M. D'Amato        
Gary J. Fernandes        
Robert E. La Blanc        
Jay W. Lorsch        
Lewis S. Ranieri        
Walter P. Schuetze        
Alex Serge Vieux        
Non-Directors:        
Gary Quinn        
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (    persons)        

63



SELLING HOLDERS

        We originally issued the notes to Banc of America Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc., ABN AMRO Incorporated, McDonald Investments Inc. and Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc as initial purchasers in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The initial purchasers resold the notes in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act to persons reasonably believed by them to be qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.

        The selling holders identified below, including their transferees, pledgees, donees or other successors (so long as any such transferee, pledgee, donee, or other successor is not affiliated with us), may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this prospectus any or all of the notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes. Any selling holder may also elect not to sell any notes or common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes held by it. Only those notes and shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes listed below or in any supplement hereto may be offered for resale by the selling holders pursuant to this prospectus.

        The following table sets forth recent information with respect to the selling holders of the notes and the respective number of notes beneficially owned by each selling holder that may be offered for each selling holder's account pursuant to this prospectus. We prepared this table based on information supplied to us by or on behalf of the selling holders. The selling holders may offer and sell all, some or none of the notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes listed below by using this prospectus. Because the selling holders may offer all or only some portion of the notes or the common stock listed in the table, no estimate can be given as to the amount of those securities that will be held by the selling holders upon termination of any sales. In addition, the selling holders identified in the table below may have sold, transferred or disposed of all or a portion of their notes or shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes since the date on which they provided the information regarding their ownership of those securities included in this prospectus.

Selling Holder

  Aggregate Principal
Amount of Notes
Beneficially Owned
and Offered

  Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned

  Shares of
Common
Stock
Offered

  Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned After
Completion of
the Offering

1976 Distribution Trust FBO A.R. Lauder/ Zinterhofer(1)   9,000   449   449   0
2000 Revocable Trust FBO A.R. Lauder/ Zinterhofer(1)   8,000   399   399   0
Advent Convertible Master Cayman L.P.(1)   8,830,000   440,618   440,618   0
Akela Capital Master Fund, Ltd.(2)   11,000,000   548,902   548,902   0
Allentown City Firefighters Pension Plan(1)   29,000   1,447   1,447   0
Allentown City Officers & Employees Pension Fund(1)   19,000   948   948   0
Allentown City Police Pension Plan(1)   37,000   1,846   1,846   0
Allstate Life Insurance Company(3)   800,000   39,920   39,920   0
Alpha US Sub Fund 4, LLC(1)   618,000   30,838   30,838   0
American Fidelity Assurance Company(4)   760,000   37,924   37,924   0
Amerisure Mutual Insurance Company(5)   140,000   6,986   6,986   0
Arapahoe County Colorado(1)   67,000   3,343   3,343   0
Arbitex Master Fund, L.P.(6)   30,300,000   2,534,981   1,511,976   1,023,005
Arlington County Employees Retirement System(1)   741,000   36,976   36,976   0
Arkansas Teacher Retirement(5)   2,800,000   139,720   139,720   0
Associated Electric & Gas Insurance Services Limited(4)   800,000   39,920   39,920   0
Aventis Pension Master Trust(4)   350,000   17,465   17,465   0
Banc of America Securities LLC(7)   321,000   59,402   16,017   43,385
Bank Austria Cayman Islands, LTD(8)   2,796,000   299,749   139,520   160,229
Baptist Health of South Florida(5)   414,000   20,658   20,658   0
Barclays Global Investors Ltd.(9)   1,000,000   49,900   49,900   0
                 

64


Blue Cross Blue Shield of Delaware, Inc(4)   220,000   10,978   10,978   0
Boilermaker—Blacksmith Pension Trust(4)   1,900,000   94,810   94,810   0
BP Amoco PLC Master Trust(10)   130,000   68,360   6,487   61,873
British Virgin Islands Social Security Board(1)   98,000   4,890   4,890   0
CALAMOS Convertible Growth and Income Fund—CALAMOS Investment Trust(4)   17,400,000   868,263   868,263   0
CALAMOS Convertible Portfolio—CALAMOS Advisors Trust(4)   300,000   20,721   14,970   5,751
CFFX, LLC(42)   1,500,000   74,850   74,850   0
CNM LA Master Account, L.P.(43)   2,000,000   99,800   99,800   0
The California Wellness Foundation(4)   540,000   26,946   26,946   0
CareFirst BlueChoice, Inc.(4)   135,000   6,736   6,736   0
CareFirst of Maryland, Inc.(4)   450,000   22,455   22,455   0
Cater Allen International Ltd.(11)   22,500,000   748,503   748,503   0
CEMEX Pension Plan(4)   170,000   8,483   8,483   0
CGNU Life Fund(12)   400,000   19,960   19,960   0
Citigroup Global Markets(13)   2,169,000   108,233   108,233   0
City and County of San Francisco Retirement System(1)   1,630,000   81,337   81,337   0
City of Albany Pension Plan(4)   190,000   9,481   9,481   0
City of Birmingham Retirement & Relief System(4)   1,800,000   89,820   89,820   0
City of Knoxville Pension System(4)   415,000   20,708   20,708   0
City of New Orleans(1)   227,000   11,327   11,327   0
City University of New York(1)   167,000   8,333   8,333   0
The Cockrell Foundation(4)   150,000   7,485   7,485   0
Commercial Union Life Fund(12)   500,000   24,950   24,950   0
Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds(4)   1,375,000   68,612   68,612   0
DKR Soundshore Oasis Holding Fund Ltd(40)   8,500,000   424,151   424,151   0
DKR Soundshore Strategic Holding Fund Ltd(40)   8,500,000   424,151   424,151   0
De Am Convertible Arbitrage FD Ltd(14)   5,750,000   299,401   299,401   0
Delaware Public Employees Retirement System(1)   1,714,000   85,528   85,528   0
Delta Airlines Master Trust(4)   2,000,000   99,800   99,800   0
Delta Pilots Disability and Survivorship Trust(4)   460,000   40,414   22,954   17,460
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.   17,892,000   892,814   892,814   0
Dorinco Reinsurance Company(4)   1,050,000   52,395   52,395   0
The Dow Chemical Company Employees' Retirement Plan(4)   3,700,000   184,630   184,630   0
Drury University(4)   20,000   2,435   998   1,437
Duckbill & Co.(9)   1,000,000   49,900   49,900   0
Engineers Joint Pension Fund(5)   270,000   13,473   13,473   0
Family Service Life Insurance Co.(15)   200,000   9,980   9,980   0
The Fondren Foundation(4)   220,000   14,059   10,978   3,081
FreeState Health Plan, Inc.(4)   55,000   4,491   4,491   0
GLG Market Neutral Fund(16)   15,470,000   771,956   771,956   0
Genessee County Employees' Retirement System(4)   750,000   37,425   37,425   0
Geode U.S. Convertible Arbitrage Fund, a series of Geode Investors, LLC(17)   3,000,000   149,700   149,700   0
Georgia Municipal(1)   732,000   36,526   36,526   0
Goldman, Sachs & Company   14,722,000   734,630   734,630   0
Government of Singapore Investment Corporation Pte Ltd(18)   450,000   472,455   22,455   450,000
The Grable Foundation(1)   99,000   4,940   4,940   0
Grace Convertible Arbitrage Fund, Ltd.(19)   2,500,000   124,750   124,750   0
Grady Hospital Foundation(1)   147,000   7,335   7,335   0
Greek Catholic Union of the USA(4)   75,000   3,742   3,742   0
Group Hospitalization and Medical Services, Inc.(4)   450,000   22,455   22,455   0
Greenwich International Limited(20)   35,000,000   1,746,507   1,746,507   0
                 

65


Guardian Life Insurance Co.(21)   6,300,000   314,371   314,371   0
Guardian Pension Trust(22)   700,000   34,930   34,930   0
Guggenheim Portfolio Co. XV, LLC(8)   733,000   67,594   36,576   31,018
HealthNow New York, Inc.(4)   250,000   12,475   12,475   0
HFR Convertible Arbitrage Account(1)   646,000   32,235   32,235   0
H.K. Porter Company, Inc.(4)   20,000   2,230   998   1,232
Hotel Union & Hotel Industry of Hawaii Pension Plan(4)   55,000   29,736   2,744   26,992
HSBC Trustee(23)   100,000   4,990   4,990   0
Independence Blue Cross(1)   418,000   20,858   20,858   0
Innovest Finanzdienstle(5)   350,000   17,465   17,465   0
Jackson County Employees' Retirement System(4)   300,000   14,970   14,970   0
JMG Capital Partners(24)   4,600,000   393,878   229,540   164,338
JMG Triton Offshore Fund, Ltd(24)   11,100,000   718,230   553,892   164,338
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.(25)   11,680,000   582,834   582,834   0
John Deere Pension Trust(9)   1,500,000   74,850   74,850   0
KBC Financial Products (Cayman Islands) Ltd.(26)   40,500,000   2,020,958   2,020,958   0
KBC Financial Products USA Inc.(26)   1,832,000   91,417   91,417   0
Kettering Medical Center Funded Depreciation Account(4)   105,000   5,239   5,239   0
Knoxville Utilities Board Retirement System(4)   200,000   9,980   9,980   0
Lehman Brothers, Inc   21,713,000   1,083,483   1,083,483   0
Louisiana Workers' Compensation Corporation(4)   470,000   23,453   23,453   0
Lyxor(1)   1,531,000   76,397   76,397   0
Lyxor Master Fund(6)   3,700,000   291,449   184,630   106,819
Lyxor Master Fund, c/o Zola Capital Management(27)   400,000   19,960   19,960   0
Macomb County Employees' Retirement System(4)   400,000   19,960   19,960   0
Marathon Global Convertible Master Fund   20,000,000   998,004   998,004   0
Merrill Lynch Insurance Group(1)   336,000   16,766   16,766   0
Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Inc.(44)   2,000,000   138,131   99,800   38,331
Municipal Employees(1)   266,000   13,273   13,273   0
New Orleans Firefighters Pension/ Relief Fund(1)   151,000   7,534   7,534   0
Nicholas Applegate Capital Management Investment Grade Convertible Mutual Fund(5)   5000   249   249   0
Nicholas Applegate Capital Management Convertible Mutual Fund(5)   555,000   27,694   27,694   0
Nomura Securities International, Inc.(28)   20,000,000   1,457,323   998,004   459,319
NORCAL Mutual Insurance Company(4)   500,000   24,950   24,950   0
Northwest Convertible Arbitrage Fund(29)   3,200,000   159,680   159,680   0
Norwich Union & Pensions(12)   700,000   34,930   34,930   0
Occidental Petroleum Corporation(1)   289,000   14,421   14,421   0
Ohio Bureau of Workers Compensation(1)   185,000   9,231   9,231   0
People's Benefit Life Insurance Company Teamsters(9)   4,000,000   449,101   449,101   0
Physicians' Reciprocal Insurers Account #7(4)   1,600,000   79,840   79,840   0
Policeman and Firemen Retirement System of the City of Detroit(1)   652,000   32,534   32,534   0
Port Authority of Allegheny County Retirement and Disability Allowance Plan for the Employees Represented by Local 85 of the Amalgamated Transit Union(4)   935,000   46,656   46,656   0
Prisma Foundation(4)   130,000   6,487   6,487   0
Pro-mutual(1)   830,000   41,417   41,417   0
Ramius Capital Group(8)   640,000   40,152   31,936   8,216
Ramius, LP(8)   171,000   12,763   8,532   4,231
Ramius Master Fund, LTD(8)   5,335,000   408,999   256,986   152,013
Ramius Partners II, LP(8)   213,000   14,736   10,628   4,108
                 

66


RCG Baldwin, LP(8)   598,000   36,701   29,840   6,861
RCG Halifax Master Fund, LTD(8)   790,000   65,098   39,421   25,677
RCG Latitude Master Fund, LTD(8)   5,749,000   440,943   286,876   154,067
RCG Multi Strategy Master Fund, LTD(8)   827,000   41,267   41,267   0
San Diego City Retirement(5)   590,000   29,441   29,441   0
San Diego County Convertible Mutual Fund(5)   1,280,000   63,872   63,872   0
SCI Endowment Care Common Trust Fund—First Union(4)   46,000   2,295   2,295   0
SCI Endowment Care Common Trust Fund—National Fiduciary Services(4)   255,000   12,724   12,724   0
SCI Endowment Care Common Trust Fund—Suntrust(4)   140,000   6,986   6,986   0
SEI Private Trust Company(30)   820,000   885,812   40,918   844,894
Shell Pension Trust(1)   437,000   21,806   21,806   0
Southdown Pension Plan(4)   70,000   8,833   3,493   5,340
Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company(4)   1,400,000   69,860   69,860   0
Sphinx Convertible Arb Fund SPC(10)   42,000   21,979   2,095   19,884
SPT(4)   2,350,000   117,265   117,265   0
St. Albans Partners Ltd.(9)   11,500,000   823,353   698,602   0
State of Florida Division of Treasury(31)   3,295,000   164,421   164,421   0
State of Maryland Retirement Agency(1)   3,542,000   176,746   176,746   0
Sterling Invest Co.(41)   500,000   24,950   24,950   0
Sunrise Partners Limited Partnership(32)   15,000,000   1,537,192   748,503   788,689
Susquehanna Capital Group(45)   7,500,000   523,951   374,251   149,700
Tag Associates(1)   108,000   5,389   5,389   0
TCW Group, Inc(33)   11,185,000   558,133   558,133   0
Thrivent Financial for Lutherans(34)   1,000,000   179,553   49,900   129,653
Topanga XI(35)   11,000,000   548,902   548,902   0
Transamerica Life Insurance & Annuity Co.- Legacy Convertible(36)   13,500,000   673,652   673,652   0
Trustmark Insurance(1)   382,000   19,061   19,061   0
UBS O'Connor LLC f/b/o O'Connor Global Convertible Arbitrage Master LTD(37)   2,000,000   99,800   99,800   0
UBS Warburg LLC(38)   2,500,000   124,750   124,750   0
UFJ International PLC(46)   250,000   12,475   12,475   0
Union Carbide Retirement Account(4)   1,630,000   81,337   81,337   0
United Food and Commercial Workers Local 1262 and Employers Pension Fund(4)   820,000   40,918   40,918   0
Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan(4)   420,000   20,958   20,958   0
Van Kampen Harbor Fund   4,750,000   237,025   237,025   0
Viacom Inc. Pension Plan Master Trust(10)   4,000   2,458   199   2,259
Wachovia Bank National Association(39)   4,000,000   199,600   199,600   0
Wachovia Securities LLC(47)   1,165,000   58,133   58,133   0
Wake Forest University(5)   390,000   19,461   19,461   0
Xavex Convertible Arbitrage #5(8)   648,000   44,660   32,335   12,325
Yield Strategies Fund I, L.P.(9)   5,000,000   249,501   249,501   0
Yield Strategies Fund II, L.P.(9)   5,000,000   249,501   249,501   0
Zurich Institutional Benchmarks Master Fund Ltd.(10)   269,000   147,851   13,423   134,428

1.
Paul Latronica, Chief Executive Officer of Advent Capital Management, LLC, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

2.
Anthony Bosco exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

3.
Allstate Life Insurance Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Allstate Corporation.

67


4.
Nick Calamos, Senior Executive Vice-President, Head of Investments, and Chief Executive Officer of Calamos Asset Management, Inc., exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

5.
Karen Bassler exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

6.
Clark K. Hunt, Jonathan P. Bren and Kenneth Tananbaum exercise investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

7.
Banc of America Securities LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Banc of America Corporation.

8.
Alex Adair exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

9.
John Wagner, Managing Partner of Camden Asset Management, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

10.
Amy Jo Gottfurcht, John Gottfurcht and George Douglas, shareholders of SSI Investment Management, exercise investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

11.
Matthew Hill, Compliance Manager, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

12.
David Clott exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

13.
Citigroup Global Markets is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup.

14.
Richard Yakomin, Managing Director of the Palladin Group, LLC, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

15.
Family Service Life Insurance Co. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Guardian Life Insurance Company of America. John Murphy, Managing Director of the Guardian Life Insurance Company of America, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

16.
Philippe Jabre, Senior Fund Manager, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

17.
Jacques Perold, President of Geode Capital Management, LLC., exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

18.
Ho Yuit Mun, Assistant Director, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

19.
Michael D. Brailov and Bradford T. Whitmore exercise investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

20.
Wayne Farel exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

21.
Guardian Life Insurance Co. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Guardian Life Insurance Company of America. John Murphy, Managing Director of the Guardian Life Insurance Company of America, exercises

68


22.
Guardian Pension Trust is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Guardian Life Insurance Company of America. John Murphy, Managing Director of the Guardian Life Insurance Company of America, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

23.
Mark Zola exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

24.
Jonathan Glaser exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

25.
JP Morgan Securities Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JP Morgan Chase and Company.

26.
Luke Edwards, Managing Director, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

27.
Mark Zola exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

28.
Nomura Securities International, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Nomura Group.

29.
George Philips exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

30.
SEI Private Trust Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SEI Investments.

31.
Warren Chun exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

32.
S. Donald Sussman exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

33.
Thomas Lyon exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

34.
Glen Vanic, Portfolio Manager, exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

35.
Topanga XI is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation.

36.
Transamerica Life Insurance & Annuity Co.-Legacy is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aegon, NV.

37.
UBS O'Connor LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of UBS AG.

38.
UBS Warburg LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of UBS AG.

39.
Wachovia Bank National Association is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Wachovia Corporation.

40.
Seth Fischer exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

41.
Mike Opre exercises investment control over the Notes owned by this selling holder and voting and investment control over the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

42.
Ilan Huberman exercises voting and investment control over any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

43.
Robert Krail, Mark Mitchell and Todd Pulvine exercise voting and investment control over any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

69


44.
Nate Boroff exercises voting and investment control over any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

45.
Michael Ferry exercises voting and investment control over any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

46.
Joseph Oyaski, as agent for UFJ International, exercises voting and investment control over any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes owned by this selling holder.

47.
Wachovia Securities is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Wachovia Corporation.

        To our knowledge, other than their ownership of the securities described in the above table, none of the selling holders has, or has had within the past three years, any position, office or other material relationship with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates.

        We will amend this prospectus from time to time by means of filing additional post-effective amendments to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to reflect additional selling holders or increases in the positions of any selling holders listed above.

70



PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        The notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes may be offered and sold from time to time to purchasers directly by the selling holders. Alternatively, the selling holders may from time to time offer those securities to or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, who may receive compensation in the form of underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling holders or the purchasers of the securities for whom they act as agents. The selling holders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on the sale of securities and any discounts, commissions, concessions or other compensation received by any underwriter, broker-dealer or agent may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

        The securities may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices. The sale of the securities may be effected in transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions:

        At the time a particular offering of the securities is made, if required, a prospectus supplement will be distributed, which will set forth the names of the selling holders, the aggregate amount and type of securities being offered and the terms of the offering, including the name or names of any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensation from the selling holders and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or reallowed to paid broker-dealers.

        To comply with the securities laws of some jurisdictions, if applicable, the securities will be offered or sold in some jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some jurisdictions the securities may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in those jurisdictions or any exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.

        The selling holders and any other person participating in the distribution of securities will be subject to applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act, including, without limitation, Regulation M of the Securities Exchange Act, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the offered securities by the selling holders and any other person. Furthermore, Regulation M may restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the offered securities to engage in market-making activities with respect to the particular offered securities being distributed. Compliance with the Securities Exchange Act, as described in this paragraph, may affect the marketability of the offered securities and the ability of any person or entity to engage with respect to the offered securities.

        Any selling holder which is a broker-dealer will be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. The following selling holders are underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act: Arbitex Master Fund, Cater Allen International Ltd., Citigroup Global Markets, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, KBC Financial Products USA Inc., Lehman Brothers,

71



Inc., Lyxor Master Fund, TD Securities (USA) Inc., UBS Warburg LLC, and US Bancorp Piper Jaffray. None of the selling holders who are affiliates of broker-dealers, other than the initial purchasers, purchased the securities outside of the ordinary course of business or, at the time of the purchase of the securities, had any agreements, plans or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.

        Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, we have borne all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration of the notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes, except that selling holders will pay all broker's commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, in connection with any sales effected pursuant to this prospectus. We will indemnify the selling holders against some civil liabilities, including some liabilities under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act or otherwise, or alternatively the selling holders will be entitled to contribution in connection with those liabilities.

72



DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

        We issued the notes under a document called the "indenture". The indenture is a contract between us and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company), who is serving as trustee. The law of the State of New York governs both the indenture and the notes. In this section, references to "we", "our", "us" or "the Company" refer solely to Computer Associates International, Inc. and not its subsidiaries.

General

        The notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all our other senior unsecured indebtedness. However, the notes are structurally subordinated to indebtedness of our subsidiaries and effectively subordinated to our secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. The notes are convertible into common stock as described under the caption "—Conversion of Notes." Upon registration of the resale of the notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes, the indenture will be subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

        We issued $460.0 million aggregate principal amount of the notes. We issued the notes at a price to investors of $1,000 per note. The notes were issued only in denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000. The notes will mature on December 15, 2009 unless earlier converted, or repurchased by us at your option upon a Fundamental Change.

        We are not subject to any financial covenants under the indenture. In addition, we are not restricted under the indenture from paying dividends, incurring debt or issuing or repurchasing our securities.

        You are not afforded protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, or a change in control of us under the indenture except to the extent described below under the caption "—Repurchase at Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change."

        The notes bear interest at the annual rate of 15/8%. Interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. We will pay interest on December 15 and June 15 of each year, beginning June 15, 2003 to record holders at the close of business on the preceding December 1 and June 1, as the case may be, except as set forth in the next sentence.

        In case you convert your note into common stock during the period after any record date but prior to the next interest payment date we will not be required to pay interest on the interest payment date if the note is to be repurchased in connection with a Fundamental Change on a repurchase date that occurs during this period, but accrued and unpaid interest on such note will be paid on such repurchase date.

        We will maintain an office in Boston, Massachusetts, for the payment of interest, which shall initially be an office or agency of the trustee.

        We will pay interest by check mailed to your address as it appears in the note register, provided that if you are a holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $5.0 million, you will be paid, at your written election, by wire transfer in immediately available funds.

        However, payments to The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, which we refer to as DTC, or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of DTC or its nominee.

73



        Holders are not required to pay a service charge for registration or transfer of their notes. We may, however, require holders to pay any tax or other governmental charge in connection with the transfer. We are not required to exchange or register the transfer of:

Conversion of Notes

        You may convert your note, in whole or in part, into shares of our common stock at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date, subject to our right to satisfy our obligations upon conversion in cash, in whole or in part, as described below. If you have submitted your notes to exercise your redemption right for repurchase upon a Fundamental Change, you may convert notes only if you withdraw your election. You may convert your notes in part so long as that part is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000.

        The initial conversion price for the notes is $20.04 per share of common stock, subject to adjustment as described below. We will not issue fractional shares of common stock upon conversion of notes. Instead, we will pay cash based on the average of the closing sales prices of our common stock for the five NYSE trading days ending on the day prior to the conversion date for all fractional shares of common stock. Unless you convert your notes on an interest payment date and except as described below, you will not receive any accrued interest or dividends upon conversion.

        Upon conversion, we may choose to deliver in lieu of shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, as described below.

        To convert your note (other than a note held in book entry form through DTC) into common stock you must:

        Holders of notes held in book-entry form through DTC must follow DTC's customary practices. The date you comply with these requirements is the conversion date under the indenture. As promptly as practicable on or after the conversion date, but no later than three business days after the conversion date, we will issue and deliver to the conversion agent certificates for the number of full shares of common stock issuable upon conversion, together with any cash payment for fractional shares.

        If you deliver a note for conversion, you will not be required to pay any taxes or duties for the issue or delivery of common stock on conversion. However, we will not pay any transfer tax or duty payable as result of the issuance or delivery of the common stock in a name other than that of the holder of the note. We will not issue or deliver common stock certificates unless we have been paid the amount of any transfer tax or duty or we have been provided satisfactory evidence that the transfer tax or duty has been paid.

74



Payment Upon Conversion

        In the event that we receive your notice of conversion on or prior to the day that is 20 days prior to maturity (the "final notice date"), the following procedures will apply: if we choose to satisfy all or any portion of our obligation (the "conversion obligation") in cash, we will notify you through the trustee of the dollar amount to be satisfied in cash (which must be expressed either as 100% of the conversion obligation or as a fixed dollar amount) at any time on or before the date that is two business days following receipt of your notice of conversion ("cash settlement notice period"). If we timely elect to pay cash for any portion of the shares otherwise issuable to you, you may retract the conversion notice at any time during the two business day period beginning on the day after the final day of the cash settlement notice period ("conversion retraction period"); no such retraction can be made (and a conversion notice shall be irrevocable) if we do not elect to deliver cash in lieu of shares (other than cash in lieu of fractional shares). If the conversion notice has not been retracted, then settlement (in cash and/or shares) will occur on the business day following the final day of the ten NYSE trading day period beginning on the day after the final day of the conversion retraction period (the "cash settlement averaging period"). Settlement amounts will be computed as follows:

        If you have exercised your right to require us to repurchase your notes upon a Fundamental Change, as described below under "—Repurchase at Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change," you may convert your notes as provided above only if you withdraw your Fundamental Change repurchase notice and convert your notes prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the applicable repurchase date.

        In the event that we receive your notice of conversion after the final notice date, the following procedures will apply: if we choose to satisfy all or any portion of the conversion obligation in cash, we will have notified you through the trustee of the dollar amount to be satisfied in cash (which must be expressed either as 100% of the conversion obligation or as a fixed dollar amount) at any time on or before the final notice date. Settlement amounts will be computed and settlement dates will be determined in the same manner as set forth above under "Conversion of Notes Conversion on or Prior to the Final Notice Date" except that the "cash settlement averaging period" shall be the ten NYSE trading day period beginning on the day after receipt of your notice of conversion (or in the event we

75


receive your notice of conversion on the business day prior to the maturity date, the ten NYSE trading day period beginning on the day after the maturity date). Settlement (in cash and/or shares) will occur on the business day following the final day of such cash settlement averaging period.

Adjustment of Conversion Price

        We will adjust the conversion price if the following events occur:

        If our shareholders rights plan, described under "Description of Our Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Rights Plan and Delaware Law" is triggered, holders of the notes will be entitled to receive these rights provided that the notes are converted into shares of common stock prior to the distribution of the separate certificate representing those rights. There shall not be any adjustment to the conversion rate as a result of:

76


        If we reclassify our common stock, consolidate, merge or combine with another person or sell or convey our property and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, each note then outstanding will, without the consent of the holder of any note, become convertible only into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of common stock into which the note was convertible immediately prior to the reclassification, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance. This calculation will be made based on the assumption that the holder of common stock failed to exercise any rights of election that the holder may have to select a particular type of consideration. The adjustment will not be made for a consolidation, merger or combination that does not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of our common stock.

        We may, from time to time, reduce the conversion price for a period of at least 20 days if our Board of Directors has made a determination that this reduction would be in our best interests. Any such determination by our Board of Directors will be conclusive. We would give holders at least 15 days' notice of any reduction in the conversion price. In addition, we may reduce the conversion price if our Board of Directors deems it advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of common stock resulting from any stock or rights distribution or due to the non-occurrence of such a distribution. See "Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences."

        You may in some situations be deemed to have received a distribution subject to United States federal income tax as a dividend in the event of any taxable distribution to holders of common stock, in certain other situations requiring a conversion price adjustment or due to the non-occurrence of an adjustment. See "Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences."

        We will not be required to make an adjustment in the conversion price unless the adjustment would require a change of at least 1% in the conversion price. However, we will carry forward any adjustments that are less than 1% of the conversion price. Except as described above in this section, we will not adjust the conversion price for any issuance of our common stock or convertible or exchangeable securities or rights to purchase our common stock or convertible or exchangeable securities.

Repurchase at Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change

        If a Fundamental Change occurs prior to December 15, 2009, you will have the right to require us to repurchase all or any portion of your notes that is equal to $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000, on a repurchase date set by us that is no earlier than 25 days and no later than 35 days after the date of our notice of the Fundamental Change.

        We shall repurchase the notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. If the repurchase date is an interest payment date, we will pay interest on the interest payment date to the record holder on the relevant record date. Otherwise, we will pay accrued and unpaid interest to the same holder that receives the principal amount to be repurchased.

        We will mail to all record holders a notice of the Fundamental Change within 25 days after the occurrence of the Fundamental Change. The notice must describe the Fundamental Change, your right to elect repurchase of the notes and the repurchase date. We are also required to deliver to the trustee a copy of the Fundamental Change notice. If you elect to exercise your repurchase right, you must deliver to us or our designated agent at any time from the date of our notice of Fundamental Change until the close of business on the date that is five business days prior to the repurchase date, written notice of your exercise of your repurchase right, together with any notes to be repurchased, duly endorsed for transfer. Following the repurchase date we will pay promptly the repurchase price for notes surrendered for redemption.

77



        A Fundamental Change will be considered to have occurred if:

        However, a change in control will not be deemed to have occurred if:

        The term "continuing director" means at any date a member of our Board of Directors:

        Under the above definition of continuing directors, if the current Board of Directors resigns after approving new directors, no change in control would occur, even though our current directors would then cease to be directors.

        The interpretation of the phrase "all or substantially all" used in the definition of change in control would likely depend on the facts and circumstances existing at the time. As a result, there may be uncertainty as to whether or not a sale or transfer of "all or substantially all" of our assets has occurred.

        We will comply with any applicable provisions of Rule 13e-4 and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act in the event of a Fundamental Change.

        These repurchase rights could discourage a potential acquiror of the Company. However, this repurchase feature is not the result of management's knowledge of any specific effort to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer or solicitation, or part of a plan by management to adopt a series of anti-takeover provisions. The term "Fundamental Change" is limited to certain

78



specified transactions and may not include other events that might adversely affect our financial condition. Our obligation to offer to repurchase the notes upon a Fundamental Change would not necessarily afford you protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, merger or similar transaction involving the Company.

        We may be unable to repurchase the notes in the event of a Fundamental Change. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the Fundamental Change purchase." If a Fundamental Change were to occur, we may not have enough funds to pay the repurchase price for all tendered notes. In addition, a Fundamental Change could result in an event of default under loan agreements we may enter into in the future. Our loan agreements could also prohibit, in certain situations, repurchases of the notes. Any future credit facilities or other agreements relating to our indebtedness may contain similar provisions, or expressly prohibit the repurchase of the notes.

Ranking

        The notes are unsecured and are effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness and to the indebtedness of our subsidiaries to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries.

        As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately $2.3 billion of total consolidated indebtedness, including $460 million outstanding under the notes and approximately $1.8 billion of other senior indebtedness. As of March 31, 2004, the aggregate principal amount of our secured indebtedness was approximately $5.7 million.

        We are obligated to pay reasonable compensation to the trustee and to indemnify the trustee against certain losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by the trustee in connection with its duties relating to the notes. The trustee's claims for these payments will generally be senior to those of holders of notes in respect of all funds collected or held by the trustee.

        The notes are obligations exclusively of the Company. As a result, our cash flow and our ability to service our indebtedness, including the notes, is partially dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries. In addition, we are partially dependent on the distribution of earnings, loans or other payments by our subsidiaries to us. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities. Our subsidiaries have no obligation to pay any amounts due on the notes or to provide us with funds for our payment obligations, whether by dividends, distributions, loans or other payments. In addition, any payment of dividends, distributions, loans or advances by our subsidiaries to us could be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will also be contingent upon our subsidiaries' earnings and business considerations. Our right to receive any assets of any subsidiary upon its liquidation or reorganization, and, therefore, our right to participate in those assets, will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary's creditors, including trade creditors. In addition, even if we were a creditor of any of our subsidiaries, our right as a creditor would be subordinate to any security interest in the assets of our subsidiaries and any indebtedness of our subsidiaries senior to that held by us.

79


Events of Default

        Each of the following constitutes an event of default under the indenture:

        If an event of default, other than an event of default described in clause (5) above with respect to us, occurs and is continuing, then the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes may, and the trustee at the request of the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes will, by written notice require immediate repayment of the entire principal amount of the outstanding notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any. If any event of default described in clause (5) above with respect to us occurs, the principal amount of all the notes will automatically become immediately due and payable.

        After a declaration of acceleration described above, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding notes may, under conditions set forth in the indenture, rescind this accelerated payment requirement if we have deposited with the trustee a sum sufficient to pay all amounts due on the notes and all amounts due to the trustee under the indenture and all existing Events of Default, except for nonpayment of the principal and interest on the notes that has become due solely as a result of the accelerated payment requirement, have been cured or waived and if the rescission of acceleration would not conflict with any judgment or decree. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes also have the right to waive past defaults, except a default in paying the principal, or repurchase price upon a Fundamental Change or interest on any outstanding note, or in respect of a covenant or a provision that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all holders of the notes.

        Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes may seek to institute a proceeding only after they have made written request and offered indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the trustee to institute a proceeding and the trustee has failed to do so within 60 days after it received this notice. In addition, within this 60-day period the trustee must not have received directions inconsistent with this written request by holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes. These limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a holder of a note for the

80



enforcement of the payment of principal or repurchase price upon a Fundamental Change or interest on or after the due dates for payment.

        During the existence of an event of default, the trustee is required to exercise the rights and powers vested in it under the indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would under the circumstances in the conduct of that person's own affairs. If an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee is not under any obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers at the request or direction of any of the holders unless the holders have offered to the trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the trustee. Subject to limited exceptions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee.

        The trustee will, within 60 days after any default occurs, give notice of the default to the holders of the notes, unless the default was already cured or waived. However, unless there is a default in paying principal or interest when due, the trustee can withhold giving notice to the holders if it determines in good faith that the withholding of notice is in the interest of the holders.

        We are required to furnish the trustee an annual statement as to compliance with all conditions and covenants under the indenture.

Supplemental Indentures

        The trustee and we may enter into a supplemental indenture without the consent of any holder in certain circumstances, including:

        The trustee and we may enter into a supplemental indenture with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes. However, no modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note affected:

81


Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets

        We will not consolidate or combine with or merge with or into or, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, convey, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our properties and assets to any person or persons in a single transaction or series of transactions, unless:


        If any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, conveyance, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties and assets occurs in accordance with the indenture, the successor corporation will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power we have under the indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named as the Company. Except for any lease, we will be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the indenture and the notes.

Discharge

        The indenture provides that we may terminate our obligations under the indenture at any time by delivering all outstanding notes to the trustee for cancellation if we have paid all sums payable by us under the indenture. At any time after all of the notes have become due and payable we may terminate our substantive obligations under the indenture, other than our obligations to pay the principal of, and interest on, the notes, by depositing with the trustee money or U.S. Government obligations sufficient to pay all remaining indebtedness on the notes when due.

Governing Law

        The laws of the State of New York will govern the indenture and the notes.

Information Concerning the Trustee

        We have appointed the State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee under the indenture, as paying agent, conversion agent, registrar and custodian with regard to the notes. The trustee or its affiliates may from time to time in the future provide banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of their business.

Book-Entry System

        All book-entry certificates are represented by one or more fully registered global certificates, without coupons. Each global certificate is deposited with, or on behalf of, the depositary, a securities

82



depositary, and is registered in the name of the depositary or a nominee of the depositary. The depositary is thus the only registered holder of the notes.

        Notes that are issued as described below under "—Certificated Notes" will be issued in definitive form. Upon the transfer of notes in definitive form, such notes will, unless the global securities have previously been exchanged for notes in definitive form, be exchanged for an interest in the global securities representing the principal amount of notes being transferred.

        Purchasers of notes may hold interests in the global certificates through the depositary if they are participants in the depositary system. Purchasers may also hold interests through a securities intermediary-banks, brokerage houses and other institutions that maintain securities accounts for customers-that has an account with the depositary. The depositary will maintain accounts showing the security holdings of its participants, and these participants will in turn maintain accounts showing the security holdings of their customers. Some of these customers may themselves be securities intermediaries holding securities for their customers. Thus, each beneficial owner of a book-entry certificate will hold that certificate indirectly through a hierarchy of intermediaries, with the depositary at the "top" and the beneficial owner's own securities intermediary at the "bottom."

        The notes of each beneficial owner of a book-entry certificate will be evidenced solely by entries on the books of the beneficial owner's securities intermediary. The actual purchaser of notes will generally not be considered the owner under the indenture. The book-entry system for holding securities eliminates the need for physical movement of certificates and is the system through which most publicly traded securities is held in the United States. However, the laws of some jurisdictions require some purchasers of securities to take physical delivery of their securities in definitive form. These laws may impair the ability of a beneficial owner to transfer book-entry notes.

        A beneficial owner of book-entry notes represented by a global certificate may exchange the notes for definitive, certificated notes only if the conditions for such an exchange, as described under "—Certificated Notes" are met.

        In this prospectus, references to actions taken by a holder of notes will mean actions taken by the depositary upon instructions from its participants, and references to payments.

        In order to ensure that the depositary's nominee will timely exercise a right conferred by the notes, the beneficial owner of that note must instruct the broker or other direct or indirect participant through which it holds an interest in that note to notify the depositary of its desire to exercise that right. Different firms have different deadlines for accepting instructions from their customers. Each beneficial owner should consult the broker or other direct or indirect participant through which it holds an interest in the notes in order to ascertain the deadline for ensuring that timely notice will be delivered to the depositary.

        The depositary is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act. The rules applicable to the depositary and its participants are on file with the SEC.

        We will not have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the book-entry securities or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to beneficial ownership interests.

        The depositary may discontinue providing its services as securities depositary at any time by giving reasonable notice. Under those circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depositary is not appointed, definitive certificates are required to be printed and delivered.

83



        The information in this section concerning the depositary and the depositary's book-entry system has been obtained form sources that we believe to be reliable, but we do not take responsibility for the accuracy of that information.

Certificated Notes

        The notes represented by the global securities are exchangeable for certificated notes in definitive form of like tenor as such notes if:

        Any notes that are exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence are exchangeable for certificated notes issuable in authorized denominations and registered in such names as the depositary shall direct. Subject to the foregoing, the global securities are not exchangeable, except for global securities of the same aggregate principal amount to be registered in the name of the depositary or its nominee. In addition, such certificates will bear the legend referred to under "Transfer Restrictions" (unless we determine otherwise in accordance with applicable law) subject, with respect to such notes, to the provisions of such legend.

Registration Rights

        We entered into a registration rights agreement with Banc of America Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc., ABN AMRO Incorporated, McDonald Investments Inc. and Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc. The following summary of the registration rights provided in the registration rights agreement is not complete. You should refer to the registration rights agreement for a full description of the registration rights that apply to the notes and common stock into which the notes are convertible.

        We agreed, pursuant to the registration rights agreement to file a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 within 180 days after the closing date and to register resales of the notes and the shares of common stock into which the notes are convertible (referred to as registrable securities). We will use our reasonable efforts to have such shelf registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after it is filed and, in any event, within 270 days after the closing date, and to keep it effective until the earliest of (1) the date when all registrable securities shall have been sold pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, (2) the date on which all registrable securities are sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, (3) the date on which all registrable securities cease to be outstanding and (4) the date which is two years from the date of the registration rights agreement, such shortest time period referred to as the effectiveness period. A holder of registrable securities that sells registrable securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally will be required to provide information about itself and the specifics of the sale, named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and deliver a prospectus to purchasers, subject to relevant civil liability provisions under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with such sales and bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement which are applicable to such holder, including certain indemnification obligations.

        The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part was filed by us in satisfaction of our obligation to do so pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

84



        If we fail to comply with the above provisions of the registration rights agreement, liquidated damages will become payable in respect of the registrable securities as follows:

provided, however, that liquidated damages on the registrable securities may not accrue under more than one of the foregoing clauses (1), (2) or (3) at any one time; provided, further, however, that (1) upon the filing of the shelf registration statement as required hereunder (in the case of clause (1) above), (2) upon the effectiveness of the shelf registration as required hereunder (in the case of clause (2) above), or (3) upon the effectiveness of a shelf registration which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (3) above), liquidated damages on the registrable securities as a result of such clause or the relevant subclause thereof, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue. It is understood and agreed that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, so long as any registrable security is then covered by an effective shelf registration statement, no liquidated damages shall accrue on such registrable security.

        The term "amount of registrable securities" means (a) with respect to the notes, the aggregate principal amount of all such notes outstanding, (b) with respect to the shares of common stock into which the notes are convertible, the aggregate number of such shares of common stock outstanding multiplied by the conversion price (as defined in the indenture relating to the notes) or, if no notes are then outstanding, the last conversion price that was in effect under such indenture when any such notes were last outstanding, and (c) with respect to combinations thereof, the sum of (a) and (b) for the relevant registrable securities.

        Any amounts of liquidated damages due pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above will be payable in cash semi-annually on the same dates as the interest payment dates for the notes.

        We shall have the right to suspend the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement for up to 30 consecutive days in any 90-day period, and for up to a total of 90 days in any 365-day period, without being required to pay liquidated damages.

Potential Dilution Upon Conversion of the Notes

        Upon exercise in full of the conversion option of the notes, based upon the conversion price as currently in effect, we would be required to deliver 22,954,092 shares of common stock to the converting noteholders (subject to adjustment as described above under "—Conversion of Notes"). If we were to issue new shares to satisfy this obligation, we would increase the total number of shares currently outstanding by approximately 4%. In light of the large number of our shares outstanding (585,382,150 shares at June 22, 2004), we do not consider this to constitute a material increase in the number of shares outstanding. As described below under "—Call Spread Repurchase Options," we have the right to obtain some or all of the shares of common stock required to satisfy this conversion obligation from the counterparties on the call spread repurchase transactions. To the extent we exercise

85



these rights, this would reduce the number of shares we would be required to issue to satisfy our obligation to converting holders of the notes.

        The conversion price of the notes is $20.04 per share, subject to adjustment as described above under "—Conversion of Notes." That price was significantly in excess of the price of our common stock at the time of the issuance of the notes ($14.52 on December 5, 2002). While the market price of our common stock currently is in excess of the conversion price (the last reported sales price of our common stock on June 21, 2004 was $26.85 per share) there has been significant volatility in our stock price, therefore, we cannot predict whether the market price of our common stock will be less than or greater than the conversion price at any point in the future, and thus cannot predict what, if any, dilutive impact the exercise of the conversion right may have if holders elect to convert their notes.

        However, as described below under "—Call Spread Repurchase Transaction," if the market value of our common stock is in excess of $20.04 per share at or around the maturity date of the notes, we will be entitled to receive from the counterparties on these options outstanding shares of our common stock and/or cash that will prevent dilution as a result of the notes being converted up to a market price of $30.00 per share. To the extent the market price of our common stock exceeds $30.00 per share at such time, the call spread options will proportionally prevent dilution up to that price as a result of the notes being converted.

Call Spread Repurchase Options

        Concurrently with the closing of the offering of the notes, we purchased from Bank of America, NA, an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC, and from Citibank N.A., an affiliate of Salomon Smith Barney Inc. (such affiliates being referred to collectively as the "option sellers") call spread repurchase options on our common stock (collectively, the "call spread options"). Each option seller has entered into call spread options with us covering 11,477,046 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, reverse stock splits or similar events); in the aggregate the call spread options cover 22,954,092 shares of our common stock, which is the number of shares that are issuable upon conversion of the notes in full. We paid the option sellers an aggregate premium of $72,660,000 (split equally between the option sellers) in consideration of their sale of the call spread options. Both call spread options have identical terms, and are thus summarized on an aggregate basis below. All share-related amounts with respect to the call spread options that are referred to below are subject to adjustment in substantially the same manner as described above under "—Conversion of Notes."

        The call spread options are designed to mitigate against exposure to potential dilution from conversion of the notes to the extent that the market price of our stock at time of exercise is greater than or equal to a lower strike price of $20.04 per share of common stock and is less than or equal to a higher strike price of $30.00 per share. These strike prices are referred to as the "lower strike price" and the "higher strike price," respectively. The call spread options are designed to hedge this exposure up to the maturity date of the notes. To the extent noteholders convert prior to maturity of the notes, the call spread options will provide an imperfect hedge in that they will expire at later dates. However, our experience has been that holders of convertible debt instruments with cash pay interest provisions (such as the notes) typically do not exercise their conversion rights until immediately prior to the maturity (or earlier call, if applicable) of the notes. As described in more detail below under "—Summary of Call Spread Options Structure—Multiple Valuation Scenarios", it is possible that some or all of the call spread options could expire valueless. To the extent this occurs and the conversion price of the notes is in the money, it is possible that noteholders could exercise conversion rights and some or all of the call spread options will not be exercisable.

86



        To the extent that the market value of our common stock at the time of exercise is above the lower strike price, the call spread options entitle us to receive from the option sellers, at our election, (i) outstanding shares of common stock with which to satisfy our conversion obligation under the notes ("physical settlement") in return for an exercise price of $20.04 per option exercised, (ii) cash in an amount equal to the difference between the lower strike price and the then-current market price of our common stock up to the higher strike price ("cash settlement"), or outstanding shares of our common stock with a value equal to the cash value of the cash settlement option ("net share settlement").

        To the extent that the market price of our common stock exceeds the higher strike price at time of exercise, the benefits available to us under the call spread options will be proportionately reduced to the extent of such excess, such that the call spread options prevent dilution from conversion of the notes up to a market price of $30.00 per share. Examples of each of these options are described below. For a more detailed discussion of the potential dilutive effect of conversion of the notes upon holders of our common stock, see "—Potential Dilution Upon Conversion of the Notes" above.

        The call spread options are so-called "European" options, which means that they are exercisable only on their specified expiration date. The call spread options expire in tranches over a twelve business day period starting just prior to the maturity date of the notes.

Summary of Call Spread Options Structure

        The following summary describes the operation of the call spread options in three scenarios: (i) the closing price of our common stock is greater than or equal to the lower strike price and is less than or equal to the higher strike price; (ii) the closing price of our common stock is greater than the higher strike price; and (iii) the closing price of our common stock is less than the lower strike price. In each instance under scenarios (i) and (ii), we select the settlement option at our discretion. All valuations of our common stock pursuant to the call spread options will be based on the closing price of our common stock at the end of the regular trading session on The New York Stock Exchange on the specific expiration date for a tranche of the call spread options. Each tranche expires separately from all other tranches, and thus different closing prices may apply to different tranches. We may elect different settlement options for different tranches of the call spread options and within the same tranche.

        If the market price of our common stock on an exercise date were greater than or equal to the lower strike price and less than or equal to the upper strike price, then the tranche of the call spread options expiring on that date would be exercisable by us. The settlement options described above would produce the following results. For illustrative purposes, we provide an example of each settlement option assuming that the closing price of our common stock at each expiration date is $25.00 per share and we chose the option in question on each of those dates.

87


        These examples demonstrate that each settlement option produces the same net economic benefit to us.

Market Price is Greater Than the Higher Strike Price

        If the market price of our common stock on an exercise date were greater than the upper strike price, then the tranche of the call spread options expiring on that date would be exercisable by us. The settlement options described above would produce the following results in this scenario. For illustrative purposes, we provide an example of each settlement option assuming that the closing price of our common stock at each expiration date is $35.00 per share and we chose the option in question on each of those dates.

88


        These examples again demonstrate that each settlement option produces the same net economic benefit to us. In addition, the net value to us under these options ($228,622,756) will be the same under any market price in excess of $30.00 per share.

Market Price is Less Than the Lower Strike Price

        If the market price of our common stock on an exercise date were less than the lower strike price, then the tranche of the call spread option expiring on that date would expire valueless and we would not receive any shares of common stock or cash from the option sellers with respect to that tranche.

Multiple Valuation Scenarios

        To the extent that market prices of our common stock on various exercise dates move above or below the thresholds described above, the value of the call spread options to us will vary accordingly. For example, assume that on eight of the twelve expiration dates, the market price of our common stock is greater than the higher strike price of $30.00, and on the other four expiration dates the market price is less than or equal to the higher strike price but greater than or equal to the lower strike price of $20.04. In this scenario, our entitlements under the call spread options would be calculated based on the different structures for these valuations described above. Alternatively, assume that on 11 of the 12 expiration dates the market value of our common stock is less than or equal to the higher strike price but greater than or equal to the lower strike price, and on the remaining day the market price is lower than the lower strike price. In this scenario, we would be entitled to receive value from the option sellers with respect to those 11 expiration days as described above, but the tranche in respect of the 12th day would expire valueless. If all options expire valueless, we would have no entitlements under the call spread options, but the market price of our common stock would be less

89



than the conversion price of the notes and thus we would not expect holders to exercise their conversion rights.

Call Spread Options are not Components of the Notes

        The call spread options are contracts entered into by us with the option sellers, and are not part of the terms of the notes. As a holder of the notes, you will not have any rights with respect to the call spread options. In addition, the examples given above are hypothetical only, and are not intended to suggest whether we anticipate that the value of our common stock at any time will be greater or less than the conversion price of the notes.

Hedging and Related Activities by the Option Sellers

        In connection with the call spread options, we understand that the option sellers purchased shares of our common stock in secondary market transactions and will enter into various derivative transactions. We further understand that the option sellers are likely to modify their hedge positions throughout the duration of the call spread options by purchasing and selling shares of our common stock, other securities of ours or other instruments that they may wish to use in connection with such hedging. We are not aware of the specific purchases or derivative transactions, if any, that the option sellers have entered into or may enter into from time to time, and we have no ability to in any way affect whether, and if so how, they may undertake to hedge their exposures to us under the call spread options. We understand that the option sellers will conduct their hedging activities in accordance with applicable laws.

        In addition, we may from time to time buy or sell shares of our common stock for our own account, for business reasons or in connection with hedging our obligations under the notes.

90



DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description of the terms of our capital stock is not meant to be complete and is qualified entirely by reference to our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which is attached as Exhibit 4.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capital Stock

        Under our certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 1.1 billion shares of common stock, par value $.10 per share, and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without par value, of which 500,000 shares have been designated Series One Junior Participating Preferred Stock. At the close of business on June 22, 2004, approximately 585,382,150 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding and no shares of our preferred stock were issued and outstanding.

        Our board of directors is authorized to provide for the issuance from time to time of our preferred stock in series and, as to each series, to fix the designation, the dividend rate and the preferences, if any, which dividends on such series will have compared to those of any other class or series of our capital stock, the voting rights, if any, the voluntary and involuntary liquidation prices, the conversion or exchange privileges, if any, applicable to such series and the redemption price or prices and the other terms of redemption, if any, applicable to such series. Cumulative dividends, dividend preferences and conversion, exchange and redemption provisions, to the extent that some or all of these features may be present when shares of our preferred stock are issued, could have an adverse effect on the availability of earnings for distribution to the holders of our common stock or for other corporate purposes.

Common Stock

        The outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of Computer Associates common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Voting Rights

        Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of our common stock held of record on the applicable record date on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

Dividend Rights; Rights upon Liquidation

        The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive, from funds legally available for the payment thereof, dividends when and as declared by resolution of our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights granted to the holders of any of our outstanding preferred stock. In the event of liquidation, each share of our common stock is entitled to share pro rata in any distribution of our assets after payment or providing for the payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any of our outstanding preferred stock.

Preemptive Rights

        Holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any unissued or treasury shares or other securities.

91



Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Rights Plan and Delaware Law Rights Plan

        We have a rights agreement dated as of June 18, 1991 and amended on May 17, 1995, May 23, 2001 and November 9, 2001. Generally, the rights agreement is triggered by (i) the acquisition by a third party of 20% or more of our total outstanding common stock, (ii) the determination by the board of directors and a majority of the disinterested directors that a 15% stockholder is an "Adverse Person" (one who is seeking short-term financial gain or whose ownership block is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business), (iii) any reclassification of securities or recapitalization of our securities which has the effect of increasing by 1% or more the proportionate share of our stock held by an acquiring third party or an Adverse Person, or (iv) the occurrence of self-dealing transactions by an acquiring third party or an Adverse Person. Under certain circumstances, the board may redeem the rights issued under the rights plan.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("Section 203"), which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (1) prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (2) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also officers and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (3) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        Section 203 defines the term business combination to include: (1) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation or any of its direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiaries and the interested stockholder; (2) any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation or any of its direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiaries involving the interested stockholder; (3) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation or that subsidiary to the interested stockholder; (4) any transaction involving the corporation or any of its direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiaries that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation or that subsidiary beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (5) the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation or any of its direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiaries. In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

92




MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE COMMON STOCK AND
RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

        Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The following table sets forth, for the fiscal quarters indicated, the quarterly high and low closing sales prices on the New York Stock Exchange:

 
  Fiscal Year 2004
  Fiscal Year 2003
 
  High
  Low
  High
  Low
Fourth Quarter   $ 28.83   $ 25.27   $ 16.00   $ 12.39
Third Quarter   $ 28.96   $ 22.15   $ 16.82   $ 8.66
Second Quarter   $ 27.47   $ 22.07   $ 16.22   $ 7.47
First Quarter   $ 24.04   $ 13.47   $ 22.00   $ 14.83

        On March 31, 2004, the closing price for our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $26.86. At March 31, 2004 we had approximately 8,000 stockholders of record.

        We have paid cash dividends in July and January of each year since July 1990, and intend to continue that policy. We paid a semiannual dividend of $0.04 per share in fiscal years 2004 and 2003.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

        In connection with the settlement of the shareholder litigation described in "Legal Proceedings," in January 2004, we issued approximately 1.6 million shares of common stock to the plaintiffs' attorneys for legal fees. In March 2004, we issued approximately 0.2 million shares of common stock to the class members in the ERISA case. We did not receive any consideration for these shares, which were issued pursuant to the registration exemption contained in Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

        The following table sets forth, for the months indicated, our purchases of common stock in fiscal year 2004. Monthly periods for which no activity occurred have been excluded:

Period

  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased

  Weighted-
Average
Price Paid
per Share

  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

  Maximum Number
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans
or Programs

 
  (in thousands, except average price paid per share)

April 2003   6   $ 14.78   6   21,725
May 2003   224     17.03   224   21,501
August 2003   10     24.25   10   21,491
September 2003   69     27.47   69   21,422
November 2003   38     23.26   38   21,384
January 2004   749     28.66   749   20,635
March 2004   1,030     27.20   1,030   19,605
   
       
   
Total   2,126     26.53   2,126    
   
       
   

        Our corporate buyback program was originally announced in August 1990 and was subsequently amended by the Board of Directors to increase the number of shares we are authorized to purchase. As of March 31, 2004, approximately 20 million shares were available to be repurchased under our buyback program. The program has no expiration date.


CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        Not applicable.

93



CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the notes and shares of common stock into which the notes are convertible (the "securities"). Unless otherwise specified, this summary addresses only holders that hold the notes and any shares of common stock into which the notes are converted as capital assets.

        As used herein, "U.S. holders" are beneficial owners of the securities, that are, for United States federal income tax purposes, (1) citizens or residents of the United States, (2) corporations created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (3) estates, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (4) trusts if (A) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (B) one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. In addition, certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996 and treated as a U.S. holder prior to such date may also be treated as U.S. holders. As used herein, "non-U.S. holders" are beneficial owners of the securities, other than partnerships, that are not U.S. holders as defined above. If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for United States federal tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of the securities, the treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors about the United States federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the securities.

        This summary does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of its particular circumstances. For example, it does not deal with special classes of holders such as banks, thrifts, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, dealers and traders in securities or currencies, or tax-exempt investors. It also does not discuss securities held as part of a hedge, straddle, "synthetic security" or other integrated transaction. This summary also does not address the tax consequences to (i) persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, (ii) certain U.S. expatriates or (iii) shareholders, partners or beneficiaries of a holder of the securities. Further, it does not include any description of any alternative minimum tax consequences or the tax laws of any state or local government or of any foreign government that may be applicable to the securities. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

        YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME, FRANCHISE, PERSONAL PROPERTY AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES.

Taxation of U.S. Holders

        This subsection describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of owning, converting and disposing of the notes. The discussion regarding United States federal income tax laws assumes that transfers of the notes and payments thereon will be made in accordance with the applicable indenture and deposit agreement.

Interest Income

        The Company may be required to pay liquidated damages in the form of additional interest on the notes if it fails to comply with certain obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. See

94



"Description of the Notes—Registration Rights." If there were more than a remote likelihood that such additional interest will be paid, the notes could be subject to the rules applicable to contingent payment debt instruments, including mandatory accrual of interest in accordance with those rules. The Company believes (and this discussion assumes) that, as of the original issue date of the notes, the likelihood of such an event occurring is remote. Accordingly, interest paid on the notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary interest income at the time such payments are accrued or received (in accordance with the holder's regular method of tax accounting).

Notes Purchased with Market Discount

        A holder will be considered to have purchased a note with "market discount" if the holder's basis in the note immediately after purchase is less than the note's stated redemption price at maturity. A note is not treated as having market discount if the amount of market discount is de minimis. For this purpose, the amount of market discount is de minimis if it is less than the product of 0.25 percent of the stated redemption price at maturity on the purchase date multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity remaining as of such date. If the note has de minimis market discount, a holder must generally include such de minimis amount in income (as capital gain) as stated principal payments are made.

        If a note is treated as having market discount, any gain recognized upon the receipt of any principal payment on or upon the disposition of the note will generally be treated as ordinary income to the extent that such gain does not exceed the accrued market discount on the note. Alternatively, a holder of a note may elect to include market discount in income currently over the life of the note. Such an election applies to all debt instruments with market discount acquired by the electing holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service. Market discount accrues on a straight-line basis unless the holder elects to accrue such discount on a constant yield to maturity basis. This latter election is applicable only to the debt security with respect to which it is made and is irrevocable. A holder of a note that does not elect to include market discount in income currently generally will be required to defer deductions for interest on borrowings allocable to such note in an amount not exceeding the accrued market discount on such note until the maturity or disposition of such note.

Notes Purchased at a Premium

        A holder will be considered to have purchased a note at a premium if the holder's basis in the note immediately after the purchase (which does not include any amount paid in respect of accrued interest on the note) is greater than the amount payable at maturity. For this purpose only, a holder's basis in a note is reduced by an amount equal to the value of the option to convert the note into common stock; the value of this conversion option may be determined under any reasonable method. A holder may elect to treat such premium as "amortizable bond premium," in which case the amount of interest required to be included in the holder's income each year with respect to the note will be reduced by the amount of the amortizable bond premium allocable (generally under a constant yield method based on the holder's yield to maturity) to such year with a corresponding decrease in the holder's tax basis in the note. Any election to amortize bond premium is applicable to all debt securities (other than a tax-exempt debt security) held by the holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies or thereafter acquired by the holder, and may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service.

Conversion of Notes

        If a U.S. holder converts a note and the Company delivers solely common stock (other than cash in lieu of a fractional share), such holder will generally not recognize gain or loss upon the conversion.

95



A U.S. holder's tax basis in the common stock received on conversion of a note will be the same as the U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the note at the time of conversion (exclusive of any tax basis allocable to a fractional share).

        If a U.S. holder converts a note and the Company delivers solely cash in satisfaction of its obligation, as described under "Description of the Notes—Conversion of Notes", such cash payment will generally be treated as a sale of the note by the U.S. holder as described below under "—Sale, Exchange or Repurchase of the Notes."

        If a U.S. holder converts a note and the Company delivers a combination of shares of common stock and cash (and such cash is not merely received in lieu of a fractional share of common stock), as described under "Description of the Notes—Conversion of Notes", the tax treatment to the holder is uncertain. A holder may be required to recognize any gain (but not loss) realized, but only to the extent such gain does not exceed the amount of cash received. In such case, a holder's basis in the common stock received in the conversion (including any basis allocable to a fractional share) would be equal to such holder's adjusted tax basis in the note, reduced by any cash received in the conversion (other than any cash received in lieu of a fractional share) and increased by the amount of any gain recognized on the conversion (other than gain with respect to a fractional share). Alternatively, the cash payment may be treated as proceeds from a sale of a portion of the note, as described below under "—Sale, Exchange or Repurchase of the Notes." In such case, a holder's basis in the note would be allocated pro rata between the common stock received (including any fractional share treated as received) and the portion of the note that is treated as sold for cash. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the proper treatment to them of the receipt of a combination of cash and common stock upon a conversion.

        If cash is received in lieu of a fractional share upon conversion of a note, the holder will be treated as having received the fractional share and as having immediately sold it for an amount equal to such cash. Accordingly, the receipt of cash in lieu of a fractional share will generally result in capital gain or loss, if any, measured by the difference between the cash received for the fractional share and the U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the fractional share.

        The holding period for any common stock received in the conversion (including any fractional share treated as received) will include the holding period for the note.

Adjustment of Conversion Rate

        If at any time the Company makes a distribution of property to shareholders that would be taxable as a dividend for United States federal income tax purposes (for example, distributions of evidences of indebtedness or assets, but generally not stock dividends or rights to subscribe for common stock) and, pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of the indenture, the conversion rate of the notes is increased, such increase may be deemed to be the payment of a taxable dividend to a U.S. holder of the notes to the extent of the Company's current and accumulated earnings and profits. If the conversion rate is adjusted at the Company's discretion or in certain other circumstances and such adjustment has the effect of increasing the holder's proportionate interest in the Company's assets or earnings, it may result in a deemed distribution to such holder. Any deemed distributions will be taxable as a dividend, return of capital, or capital gain to the U.S. holder, as described in "—The Common Stock-Dividends" below.

Sale, Exchange or Repurchase of the Notes

        A U.S. holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange, repurchase by the Company or other disposition of a note (except to the extent the amount realized is attributable to accrued interest) and the holder's adjusted tax basis in such note. A holder's adjusted tax basis in the note generally will be the initial purchase

96



price for such note increased by any market discount previously included in income with respect to the note and reduced by any amortizable bond premium and any principal payments previously received by the holder. In the case of a holder other than a corporation, preferential tax rates may apply to gain recognized on the sale of a note if such holder's holding period for such note exceeds one year. Subject to certain limited exceptions, capital losses cannot be applied to offset ordinary income for United States federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

        In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of principal and interest on the notes and payments of the proceeds of the sale of the notes, and a backup withholding tax may apply to such payments if the holder fails to comply with certain identification requirements. Backup withholding is currently imposed at a rate of 28%. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder's United States federal income tax and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

The Common Stock

        The amount of any distribution made in respect of the common stock will be equal to the amount of cash and the fair market value, on the date of distribution, of any property distributed. Generally, distributions will be treated as a dividend, to the extent of the Company's current and accumulated earnings and profits, then as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a holder's tax basis in the common stock and thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock as described below.

        In general, a dividend distribution to a corporate holder will qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period, taxable income, and other limitations.

        Under recently enacted legislation, dividends received by an individual taxpayer during taxable years before 2009 will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%, provided the taxpayer held the stock for more than 60 days during a specified period of time and certain other requirements are met. Dividends received by an individual taxpayer for taxable years after 2008 will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates.

Sale or Exchange of Common Stock

        Upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock, a holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between (1) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received upon the sale or exchange and (2) such holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock. In the case of a holder other than a corporation, preferential tax rates may apply to such gain if the holder's holding period for the common stock exceeds one year. Subject to certain limited exceptions, capital losses cannot be applied to offset ordinary income for United States federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

        In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of dividends on common stock and payments of the proceeds of the sale of common stock, and a backup withholding tax may apply to such payments if the holder fails to comply with certain identification requirements. Backup withholding is currently imposed at a rate of 28%. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding

97



rules from a payment to a holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder's United States federal income tax and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

        The rules governing United States federal income taxation of a non-U.S. holder of notes are complex and no attempt will be made herein to provide more than a summary of such rules. Special rules may apply to certain non-U.S. holders such as "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies" and "foreign personal holding companies." Non-U.S. holders should consult with their own tax advisors to determine the effect of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, as well as treaties, with regard to an investment in the notes, including any reporting requirements.

Interest Income

        Generally, interest income of a non-U.S. holder that is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business is subject to a withholding tax at a 30% rate (or, if applicable, a lower tax rate specified by a treaty). However, interest income earned on a note by a non-U.S. holder will qualify for the "portfolio interest" exemption and therefore will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax, provided that such interest income is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-U.S. holder and provided that (1) the non-U.S. holder does not actually or constructively own 10% of more of the total combined voting power of the Company's stock entitled to vote; (2) the non-U.S. holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to the Company through stock ownership; (3) the non-U.S. holder is not a bank which acquired the note in consideration for an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (4) either (A) the non-U.S. holder certifies to the payor or the payor's agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a United States person and provides its name, address, and certain other information on a properly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or a suitable substitute form or (B) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customer securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the notes in such capacity, certifies to the payor or the payor's agent, under penalties of perjury, that such a statement has been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a financial institution between it and the beneficial owner, and furnishes the payor or the payor's agent with a copy thereof. The applicable United States Treasury regulations also provide alternative methods for satisfying the certification requirements of clause (4), above. If a non-U.S. holder holds the note through certain foreign intermediaries or partnerships, such holder and the foreign intermediary or partnership may be required to satisfy certification requirements under applicable United States Treasury regulations.

        If a non-U.S. holder cannot satisfy the requirements for the portfolio interest exemption as described above, payments of interest will be subject to the 30% United States federal withholding tax, unless such holder provides the payor or the payor's agent with a properly executed (1) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or suitable substitute form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the benefit of an applicable tax treaty or (2) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or suitable substitute form) stating that interest paid on the note is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a United States trade or business as discussed below.

        Except to the extent that an applicable income tax treaty otherwise provides, a non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis in the same manner as a U.S. holder if such non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and interest on the note is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business. If such non-U.S. holder is a corporation, it may

98



also be subject to an additional 30% branch profits tax (unless reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits from the taxable year.

Conversion of Notes

        If a non-U.S. holder converts a note and the Company delivers solely common stock, such conversion will generally not be a taxable event. To the extent a non-U.S. holder receives cash upon conversion of a note, such cash may give rise to gain that would be subject to the rules described below under "—Sale, Exchange or Repurchase of the Notes."

Adjustment of Conversion Rate

        Certain adjustments in the conversion rate of the notes may be treated as a taxable dividend to a non-U.S. holder. See "—Taxation of U.S. Holders—The Notes—Adjustment of Conversion Rate" above and "—The Common Stock-Dividends" below.

Sale, Exchange or Repurchase of the Notes

        A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale, exchange, repurchase by the Company or other disposition of a note unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-U.S. holder, (2) in the case of a non-U.S. holder who is an individual, such holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and either (A) such holder has a "tax home" in the United States or (B) the disposition is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business maintained by such holder in the United States or (3) the Company is or has been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company believes that it is not currently and does not anticipate becoming a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes.

        If an individual non-U.S. holder falls under clause (1) above, such individual generally will be taxed on the net gain derived from a sale in the same manner as a U.S. holder. If an individual non-U.S. holder falls under clause (2) above, such individual generally will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from a sale, which may be offset by certain United States capital losses (notwithstanding the fact that such individual is not considered a resident of the United States). Individual non-U.S. holders who have spent (or expect to spend) 183 days or more in the United States in the taxable year in which they contemplate a sale or other disposition of a note are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences of such sale. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under clause (1), it generally will be taxed on the net gain derived from a sale in the same manner as a U.S. holder and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax on such effectively connected income at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

        If a non-U.S. holder subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized (as described above) converts a note and receives cash or a combination of shares of common stock and cash, such holder should refer to the section entitled "—Taxation of U.S. Holders—The Notes—Conversion of the Notes" above.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

        United States backup withholding tax will not apply to payments on the notes to a non-U.S. holder if the statement described in clause (4) of "Interest Income" is duly provided by such holder, provided that the payor does not have actual knowledge that the holder is a United States person. Information reporting requirements may apply with respect to interest payments on the notes, in which event the amount of interest paid and tax withheld (if any) with respect to each non-U.S. holder will be reported

99



annually to the Internal Revenue Service. Information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax will not apply to any payment of the proceeds of the sale of notes effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a broker in accordance with applicable United States Treasury regulations, unless such broker (1) is a United States person as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, (2) is a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (3) is a controlled foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes or (4) is a foreign partnership with certain U.S. connections. Payment of the proceeds of any such sale effected outside the United States by a foreign office of any broker that is described in clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) of the preceding sentence may be subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are met, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of the proceeds of any such sale to or through the United States office of a broker is subject to information reporting and backup withholding requirements unless the beneficial owner of the notes provides the statement described in clause (4) of "—Interest Income" and certain other conditions are met or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

The Common Stock

        The rules governing United States federal income taxation of a non-U.S. holder of common stock are complex and no attempt will be made herein to provide more than a summary of such rules. Special rules may apply to certain non-U.S. holders such as "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies" and "foreign personal holding companies." Non-U.S. holders should consult with their own tax advisors to determine the effect of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, as well as treaties, with regard to an investment in the common stock, including any reporting requirements.

Dividends

        Distributions made with respect to the common stock that are treated as dividends paid, as described above under "—Taxation of U.S. Holders—The Common Stock-Dividends," to a non-U.S. holder (excluding dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business by such holder and are taxable as described below) will be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Except to the extent that an applicable income tax treaty otherwise provides, a non-U.S. holder will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. holder on dividends paid (or deemed paid) that are effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business by the non-U.S. holder. If such non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to a United States branch profits tax on such effectively connected income at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty). Even though such effectively connected dividends are subject to income tax and may be subject to the branch profits tax, they will not be subject to United States federal withholding tax if the holder delivers a properly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to the payor or the payor's agent.

        A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty is required to satisfy certain certification and other requirements. If the non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, such holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

100



Sale or Exchange of Common Stock

        A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-U.S. holder, (2) in the case of a non-U.S. holder who is an individual, such holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and either (A) such holder has a "tax home" in the United States or (B) the disposition is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business maintained by such holder in the United States or (3) the Company is or has been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes. The Company believes that it is not currently and does not anticipate becoming a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes.

        If an individual non-U.S. holder falls under clause (1) above, such individual generally will be taxed on the net gain derived from a sale in the same manner as a U.S. holder. If an individual non-U.S. holder falls under clause (2) above, such individual generally will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from a sale, which may be offset by certain United States capital losses (notwithstanding the fact that such individual is not considered a resident of the United States). Individual non-U.S. holders who have spent (or expect to spend) 183 days or more in the United States in the taxable year in which they contemplate a sale of common stock are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences of such sale. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under clause (1), it generally will be taxed on the net gain derived from a sale in the same manner as a U.S. holder and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax on such effectively connected income at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

        Dividends on common stock held by a non-U.S. holder will be subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding requirements unless certain certification requirements are satisfied. United States information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax will not apply to any payment of the proceeds of the sale of common stock effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a broker in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations, unless such broker (1) is a United States person as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, (2) is a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (3) is a controlled foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes or (4) is a foreign partnership with certain U.S. connections. Payment of the proceeds of any such sale effected outside the United States by a foreign office of any broker that is described in clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) of the preceding sentence may be subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are met, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of the proceeds of any such sale to or through the United States office of a broker is subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements unless the beneficial owner of the common stock certifies to the payor or the payor's agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a United States person and provides its name, address and certain other information on a properly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or a suitable substitute form or otherwise establishes an exemption.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        The U.S. federal estate tax will not apply to notes owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of his or her death, provided that (1) the individual does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of the Company's stock entitled to vote and (2) interest on the note would not have been, if received at the time of death,

101



effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by such individual. However, common stock held by a decedent at the time of his or her death will be included in such holder's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. Noteholders that are individuals should be aware that there have been recent amendments to the U.S. federal estate tax rules, and such holders should consult with their own tax advisors with regard to an investment in the notes and the common stock.

        THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A HOLDER'S PARTICULAR SITUATION. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the notes and any shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes offered hereby and certain other matters have been passed upon for us by Covington & Burling, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements and schedules supporting such consolidated financial statements of Computer Associates International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2004 have been included in the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, included in the prospectus, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the March 31, 2004 consolidated financial statements refers to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," as amended by SFAS No, 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an amendment of SFAS 123"; and the adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

102



Index to Financial Statements

 
  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets—March 31, 2004 and 2003

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations—Years Ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity—Years Ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years Ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002

 

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-8

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

F-40

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Computer Associates International, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Computer Associates International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule as of and for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 listed in the Index at Item 15(d). These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Computer Associates International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

        As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective April 1, 2003, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," as amended by SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an amendment of SFAS 123."

        As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective April 1, 2002, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

New York, New York
June 7, 2004

F-2



COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
ASSETS              
CURRENT ASSETS              
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,793   $ 1,405  
Marketable securities     109     91  
Trade and installment accounts receivable, net     941     1,079  
Federal and state income taxes receivable     96      
Deferred income taxes     311     287  
Other current assets     108     117  
Assets of discontinued operation         66  
   
 
 
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS     3,358     3,045  

INSTALLMENT ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, due after one year, net

 

 

820

 

 

1,299

 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT              
Land and buildings     584     551  
Equipment, furniture, and improvements     886     868  
   
 
 

 

 

 

1,470

 

 

1,419

 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (829 )   (757 )
   
 
 

TOTAL PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net

 

 

641

 

 

662

 
PURCHASED SOFTWARE PRODUCTS, net of accumulated amortization of $3,491 and $3,065, respectively     1,045     1,416  
GOODWILL, net of accumulated amortization of $1,414 and $1,418, respectively     4,366     4,400  
OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS     449     439  
   
 
 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

10,679

 

$

11,261

 
   
 
 

See Accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3



COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY              
CURRENT LIABILITIES              
Loans payable and current portion of long-term debt   $ 2   $ 828  
Accounts payable     177     203  
Salaries, wages, and commissions     260     247  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     407     345  
Deferred subscription revenue (collected)—current     1,210     923  
Taxes payable, other than income taxes payable     123     124  
Federal, state, and foreign income taxes payable     256     294  
Deferred income taxes     20      
Liabilities of discontinued operation         65  
   
 
 
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES     2,455     3,029  

LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion

 

 

2,298

 

 

2,298

 
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES     618     1,047  
DEFERRED SUBSCRIPTION REVENUE (COLLECTED)—NONCURRENT     276     173  
DEFERRED MAINTENANCE REVENUE     285     324  
OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES     29     27  
   
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES     5,961     6,898  

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued          
Common stock, $.10 par value, 1,100,000,000 shares authorized, 630,920,576 shares issued     63     63  
Additional paid-in capital     3,847     3,715  
Retained earnings     2,000     2,022  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (103 )   (215 )
Treasury stock, at cost—48,326,307 shares for 2004 and 54,647,731 shares for 2003     (1,089 )   (1,222 )
   
 
 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

4,718

 

 

4,363

 
   
 
 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$

10,679

 

$

11,261

 
   
 
 

See Accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4



COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Revenue:                    
Subscription revenue   $ 1,961   $ 1,414   $ 827  
Software fees and other     308     349     388  
Maintenance     589     726     924  
Financing fees     184     290     444  
Professional services     234     248     303  
   
 
 
 
TOTAL REVENUE     3,276     3,027     2,886  

Operating Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Amortization of capitalized software costs     463     465     478  
Cost of professional services     220     237     283  
Selling, general, and administrative     1,247     1,322     1,675  
Product development and enhancements     662     644     656  
Commissions and royalties     267     244     269  
Depreciation and amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets     134     140     607  
Goodwill impairment         80     31  
Other gains/expenses, net     52     94     35  
Shareholder litigation settlement and investigation charge     168          
   
 
 
 

TOTAL EXPENSES BEFORE INTEREST AND TAXES

 

 

3,213

 

 

3,226

 

 

4,034

 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest and taxes     63     (199 )   (1,148 )
Interest expense, net     117     169     227  
   
 
 
 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

 

 

(54

)

 

(368

)

 

(1,375

)
Tax benefit     (18 )   (98 )   (279 )
   
 
 
 

LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

 

(36

)

 

(270

)

 

(1,096

)
Income (loss) from discontinued operation, inclusive of realized gain on sale in 2004 of $60, net of income taxes     61     3     (6 )
   
 
 
 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

25

 

$

(267

)

$

(1,102

)
   
 
 
 

BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loss from continuing operations   $ (0.06 ) $ (0.47 ) $ (1.90 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operation     0.10     0.01     (0.01 )
   
 
 
 

Net income (loss)

 

$

0.04

 

$

(0.46

)

$

(1.91

)
   
 
 
 

Basic weighted-average shares used in computation

 

 

580

 

 

575

 

 

577

 
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE                    
Loss from continuing operations   $ (0.06 ) $ (0.47 ) $ (1.90 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operation     0.10     0.01     (0.01 )
   
 
 
 

Net income (loss)

 

$

0.04

 

$

(0.46

)

$

(1.91

)
   
 
 
 
Diluted weighted-average shares used in computation     580     575     577  

See Accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5



COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Retained
Earnings

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

  Treasury
Stock

  Total
Stockholders'
Equity

 
 
  (in millions, except dividends declared per share)

 
Balance as of March 31, 2001   $ 63   $ 3,936   $ 3,483   $ (388 ) $ (1,314 ) $ 5,780  
Net loss                 (1,102 )               (1,102 )
Translation adjustment in 2002                       31           31  
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax                       (4 )         (4 )
                                 
 

Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,075

)
Dividends declared ($0.08 per share)                 (46 )               (46 )
Purchase of a call spread option           (95 )                     (95 )
Exercise of common stock options, ESPP, and other           33                 91     124  
401(k) discretionary contribution           4                 20     24  
Purchases of treasury stock                             (95 )   (95 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Balance as of March 31, 2002

 

 

63

 

 

3,878

 

 

2,335

 

 

(361

)

 

(1,298

)

 

4,617

 
Net loss                 (267 )               (267 )
Translation adjustment in 2003                       143           143  
Reclassification adjustment included in net loss                       3           3  
                                 
 

Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(121

)
Dividends declared ($0.08 per share)                 (46 )               (46 )
Purchase of a call spread option           (73 )                     (73 )
Exercise of common stock options, ESPP, and other           (85 )               153     68  
401(k) discretionary contribution           (5 )               29     24  
Purchases of treasury stock                             (106 )   (106 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Balance as of March 31, 2003

 

 

63

 

 

3,715

 

 

2,022

 

 

(215

)

 

(1,222

)

 

4,363

 
Net income                 25                 25  
Translation adjustment in 2004                       104           104  
Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax                       8           8  
                                 
 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

137

 
Dividends declared ($0.08 per share)                 (47 )               (47 )
Shareholder litigation settlement           11                 39     50  
Exercise of common stock options, ESPP, and other items           (33 )               116     83  
Stock-based compensation, net of tax           8                       8  
401(k) discretionary contribution           (13 )               34     21  
Purchases of treasury stock                             (56 )   (56 )
Reclassification of tax benefit associated with prior period stock options           159                       159  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Balance as of March 31, 2004

 

$

63

 

$

3,847

 

$

2,000

 

$

(103

)

$

(1,089

)

$

4,718

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6



COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                    
Net income (loss)   $ 25   $ (267 ) $ (1,102 )
(Income) loss from discontinued operation, net of tax     (61 )   (3 )   6  
   
 
 
 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(36

)

 

(270

)

 

(1,096

)
Adjustments to reconcile loss from continuing operations to net cash provided by continuing operating activities:                    
  Depreciation and amortization     597     605     1,085  
  Provision for deferred income taxes     (293 )   (491 )   (542 )
  Compensation expense related to stock and international retirement plans     32     27     26  
  Decrease in noncurrent installment accounts receivable, net     464     643     1,184  
  Increase (decrease) in deferred subscription revenue (collected)—noncurrent     92     (47 )   82  
  Decrease in deferred maintenance revenue     (55 )   (126 )   (85 )
  Foreign currency transaction loss—before taxes     41     66     6  
  Impairment charges     4     80     59  
  (Gain) loss on sale of assets, net     (19 )   3      
  Charge for losses on investments         11     14  
  Gain on early retirement of debt         (3 )    
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:                    
  Decrease in trade and installment receivables, net—current     269     533     88  
  Increase in deferred subscription revenue (collected)—current     220     301     415  
  Other changes in operating assets and liabilities     (36 )   (22 )   8  
   
 
 
 
  NET CASH PROVIDED BY CONTINUING OPERATING ACTIVITIES     1,280     1,310     1,244  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Acquisitions, primarily purchased software, marketing Rights, and intangibles, net of cash acquired     (52 )   (19 )   (3 )
Settlements of purchase accounting liabilities     (19 )   (49 )   (59 )
Purchases of property and equipment     (30 )   (28 )   (25 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     21     4      
Proceeds from disposition of businesses     90     20      
Restricted cash     (56 )        
Purchases of marketable securities     (55 )   (49 )   (38 )
Sales of marketable securities     50     41     36  
Increase in capitalized development costs     (44 )   (40 )   (53 )
   
 
 
 
  NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES     (95 )   (120 )   (142 )

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Dividends paid     (47 )   (46 )   (46 )
Purchases of treasury stock     (56 )   (106 )   (95 )
Proceeds from borrowings         507     3,387  
Repayments of borrowings, net     (826 )   (1,237 )   (3,967 )
Purchases of call spread options         (73 )   (95 )
Exercise of common stock options and other     77     47     40  
   
 
 
 
  NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES     (852 )   (908 )   (776 )

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS BEFORE EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE  CHANGES ON CASH

 

 

333

 

 

282

 

 

326

 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash     55     51     (4 )
   
 
 
 

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

388

 

 

333

 

 

322

 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—BEGINNING OF YEAR     1,405     1,072     750  
   
 
 
 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—END OF YEAR

 

$

1,793

 

$

1,405

 

$

1,072

 
   
 
 
 

See Accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7



COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Significant Accounting Policies

        Description of Business:    Computer Associates International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) designs, develops, markets, licenses, and supports a wide range of integrated management computer software products.

        ACCPAC Divestiture:    As more fully described in Note 2, in fiscal year 2004 the Company divested its subsidiary, ACCPAC International, Inc. (ACCPAC). As a result, ACCPAC has been classified as a discontinued operation for all periods presented, and its assets, liabilities, results of operations, and cash flow have been reclassified in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. All related footnotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements have been adjusted to exclude the effect of the ACCPAC discontinued operation.

        Principles of Consolidation:    The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries. Investments in affiliates owned 50% or less are accounted for by the equity method and include gross unconsolidated liabilities of approximately $1 million. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

        Use of Estimates:    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on management's knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, these estimates may ultimately differ from actual results.

        Translation of Foreign Currencies:    Foreign currency assets and liabilities of the Company's international subsidiaries are translated using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Results of operations are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing throughout the year. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are accumulated as part of the foreign currency translation adjustment in Stockholders' Equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the "Other gains/expenses, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which they occur. Net income (loss) includes exchange transaction losses, net of taxes, of approximately $26 million, $42 million, and $4 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

        Statements of Cash Flow:    Interest payments for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 were $137 million, $186 million, and $239 million, respectively. Income taxes paid for these fiscal years were $423 million, $320 million, and $277 million, respectively.

        Basis of Revenue Recognition:    The Company generates revenue from the following primary sources: (1) licensing software products; (2) providing customer technical support (referred to as maintenance); and (3) providing professional services, such as consulting and education.

        The Company recognizes revenue pursuant to the requirements of Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition", issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, as amended by SOP 98-9 "Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions." In accordance with SOP 97-2, the Company begins to recognize revenue from licensing and supporting its software products when all of the following criteria are met: (1) the Company has evidence of an arrangement with a customer; (2) the Company delivers the products; (3) license agreement terms are deemed fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or

F-8



uncertainties that may alter the agreement such that it may not be complete and final; and (4) collection is probable.

        The Company's software licenses generally do not include acceptance provisions. An acceptance provision allows a customer to test the software for a defined period of time before committing to license the software. If a license agreement includes an acceptance provision, the Company does not record deferred subscription revenue or recognize revenue until the earlier of the receipt of a written customer acceptance or, if not notified by the customer to cancel the license agreement, the expiration of the acceptance period.

        Under the Company's Business Model, software license agreements include flexible contractual provisions that, among other things, allow customers to receive unspecified future software products for no additional fee. These agreements combine the right to use the software product with maintenance for the term of the agreement. Under these agreements, once all four of the above noted revenue recognition criteria are met, the Company is required to recognize revenue ratably over the term of the license agreement. For license agreements signed prior to October 2000 (the prior business model), once all four of the above noted revenue recognition criteria were met, software license fees were recognized as revenue up-front, and the maintenance fees were deferred and subsequently recognized as revenue over the term of the license.

        Maintenance revenue is derived from two primary sources: (1) combined license and maintenance agreements recorded under the prior business model; and (2) stand-alone maintenance agreements.

        Under the prior business model, maintenance and license fees were generally combined into a single license agreement. The maintenance portion was deferred and amortized into revenue over the initial license agreement term. Many of these license agreements have not reached the end of their initial terms and, therefore, continue to amortize. This amortization is recorded to the "Maintenance" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The deferred maintenance portion, which was optional to the customer, was determined using its fair value based on annual, fixed maintenance renewal rates stated in the agreement. For license agreements entered into under the Company's current Business Model, maintenance is not separately identified in the Company's customers' license agreements and is no longer optional on an annual basis but rather is inclusive for the entire term. Maintenance and license fees continue to be combined, and the combined maintenance and license revenue is recognized on a monthly basis ratably over the term of the agreement and is reported on the "Subscription revenue" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        The Company records stand-alone maintenance revenue earned from customers who elect optional maintenance for their non-term-based license agreements. Maintenance revenue from such renewals is recognized on the "Maintenance" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the term of the renewal agreement.

        The "Deferred maintenance revenue" line item on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets principally represents payments received in advance of maintenance services rendered.

        Revenue from professional service arrangements is generally recognized as the services are performed. Revenues from professional services sold as part of a software transaction are deferred and recognized over the life of the related software transaction. If it is not probable that a project will be completed or the payment will be received, revenue is deferred until the uncertainty is removed.

F-9



        Revenue from sales to distributors, resellers, and value-added resellers (VARs) is recognized when all four of the SOP 97-2 revenue recognition criteria noted above are met and when these entities sell the software product to their customers. This is commonly referred to as the sell-through method.

        The Company has an established business practice of offering installment payment options to customers and has a history of successfully collecting substantially all amounts due under such agreements. The Company assesses collectibility based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. If, in the Company's judgment, collection of a fee is not probable, it will not recognize revenue until the uncertainty is removed upon receipt of cash payment.

        The Company's standard licensing agreements include a product warranty provision for all products. Such warranties are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies." The likelihood that the Company would be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote.

        Under the terms of substantially all of the Company's license agreements, the Company has agreed to indemnify customers for costs and damages arising from claims against such customers based on, among other things, allegations that its software products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. In most cases, in the event of an infringement claim, the Company retains the right to (i) procure for the customer the right to continue using the software product; (ii) replace or modify the software product to eliminate the infringement while providing substantially equivalent functionality; or (iii) if neither (i) nor (ii) can be reasonably achieved, the Company may terminate the license agreement and refund to the customer a pro-rata portion of the fees paid. Such indemnification provisions are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 5. The likelihood that the Company would be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote. The indemnification is limited to the amount paid by the customer.

        Subscription Revenue:    Subscription revenue represents the ratable recognition of revenue attributable to license agreements under the Company's Business Model.

        Deferred subscription revenue represents the aggregate portion of all undiscounted contractual and committed license amounts pursuant to the Company's Business Model for which revenue is deferred and will be recognized ratably over the license agreement duration.

        The Company segregates the total deferred subscription revenue into two components, one component being the amount of cash collected in excess of the amount recognized as revenue, and the other component being the amount that has not yet been collected and has not yet been recognized as revenue. Deferred subscription revenue (collected) is a liability on the Company's balance sheet, whereas deferred subscription revenue (uncollected) is a component of installment accounts receivable. The components of installment accounts receivable are detailed in Note 5. Each of these components is further classified as either current or noncurrent.

        Software Fees and Other:    Software fees and other primarily consists of royalties and revenue related to distribution partners and original equipment manufacturer (OEM) partners. Revenue from distribution partners is recognized upon sell-through to the end user by the distribution partner. Revenue related to distribution partners and OEMs is sometimes referred to as the Company's "indirect" or "channel" revenue.

F-10



        Financing Fees:    Accounts receivable resulting from prior business model product sales with extended payment terms were discounted to their present value at the then prevailing market rates. In subsequent periods, the accounts receivable are increased to the amount due and payable by the customer through the accretion of financing revenue on the unpaid accounts receivable due in future years. Under the Company's Business Model, additional unamortized discounts are no longer recorded, since the Company does not account for the present value of product sales as earned revenue at license agreement signing.

        Fair Value of Financial Instruments:    The fair value of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expense amounts approximate their carrying value. See Notes 3, 5, and 6 for the fair value related to the Company's investments, accounts receivable, and debt payable, respectively.

        Concentration of Credit Risk:    Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of marketable securities and accounts receivable. The Company's marketable securities consist primarily of high-quality securities with limited exposure to any single instrument. The Company's accounts receivable balances have limited exposure to concentration of credit risk due to the diverse customer base and geographic areas covered by operations.

        Marketable Securities:    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or fewer when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company has determined that all of its investment securities are to be classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported in Stockholders' Equity under the caption "Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss." The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is included in the "Interest expense, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in the "Selling, general, and administrative" (SG&A) line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest and dividends on securities classified as available-for-sale are included in the "Interest expense, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        Restricted Cash:    The Company's insurance subsidiary, established during fiscal year 2004, requires a minimum restricted cash balance of $50 million. In addition, the Company has a letter of credit that requires cash collateral. At March 31, 2004, the amount of such collateral totaled $6 million. The total amount of restricted cash of $56 million was included in the "Other noncurrent assets" line item on the March 31, 2004 Consolidated Balance Sheet.

        Property and Equipment:    Land, buildings, equipment, furniture, and improvements are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets by the straight-line method. Building and improvements are estimated to have 30- to 40-year lives, and the remaining property and equipment are estimated to have 5- to 7-year lives.

        Goodwill:    Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets and in-process research and development acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination. The Company's adoption of SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," had the effect of prospectively eliminating the amortization of

F-11



goodwill and certain other intangible assets beginning on April 1, 2002. Under the non-amortization approach, goodwill is not amortized into results of operations but instead is reviewed for impairment, written down, and charged as expense to results of operations in periods in which the recorded value of goodwill is more than the goodwill's implied fair value. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company performed its annual impairment review for goodwill and concluded that there was no impairment to be recorded in the current fiscal year. A similar impairment review was performed during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003 and, as a result, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $80 million. The fiscal year 2003 impairment charge resulted from the weak spending environment that affected the IT service sector in general, as well as the Company's continued shift in focus to professional services engagements that concentrated solely on the Company's software products. The Company's estimates of fair value were primarily determined using discounted cash flow and were based on the Company's best estimates of future revenue and operating costs and general market conditions. These estimates were subject to review and approval by senior management. This approach used significant assumptions, including projected future cash flow, the discount rate reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flow, and the terminal growth rate. The fiscal year 2003 impairment charge was recorded to the "Goodwill impairment" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company amortized goodwill over its estimated useful life, which ranged from 10 to 20 years, depending on the nature of the business acquired. The Company recorded amortization of goodwill for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 of $445 million.

        Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, assembled workforce no longer met the definition of an identifiable intangible asset. As a result, the net balance of $79 million as of March 31, 2002 was reclassified from intangible assets to goodwill. The Company recorded amortization of assembled workforce of $13 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002. Additionally, a related deferred tax liability of $35 million was reclassified from deferred taxes to goodwill as of March 31, 2003.

        The carrying value of goodwill was $4.366 billion and $4.400 billion as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. During fiscal year 2004, goodwill decreased approximately $34 million, due primarily to adjustments in acquisition reserves and reclassification of deferred taxes related to the acquisitions of PLATINUM technology International, inc. (PLATINUM) and Sterling Software, Inc. (Sterling). This was partially offset by the addition of approximately $6 million in goodwill related to the Company's

F-12



acquisition of Miramar Systems. A reconciliation of previously reported net loss and loss per share to the amounts adjusted for the exclusion of goodwill and assembled workforce amortization is as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Reported loss from continuing operations, net of taxes   $ (36 ) $ (270 ) $ (1,096 )
Goodwill amortization             445  
Assembled workforce amortization, net of taxes             13  
   
 
 
 

Adjusted loss from continuing operations, net of taxes

 

$

(36

)

$

(270

)

$

(638

)
   
 
 
 

Reported basic and diluted loss per share from continuing operations

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.47

)

$

(1.90

)
Goodwill amortization per share             0.77  
Assembled workforce amortization per share             0.02  
   
 
 
 

Adjusted basic and diluted loss per share from continuing operations

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.47

)

$

(1.11

)
   
 
 
 

        Capitalized Software Costs and Other Identified Intangible Assets:    Capitalized software costs include the fair value of rights to market software products acquired in purchase business combinations (Purchased Software Products). In allocating the purchase price to the assets acquired in a purchase business combination, the Company allocates a portion of the purchase price equal to the fair value at the acquisition date of the rights to market the software products of the acquired company. The purchase price of Purchased Software Products is capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of such products over a period not exceeding seven years. The Company recorded amortization of Purchased Software Products for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 of $423 million, $430 million, and $446 million, respectively, which were included in the "Amortization of capitalized software costs" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed," internally generated software development costs associated with new products and significant enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. Internally generated software development costs of $44 million, $40 million, and $53 million were capitalized during fiscal years 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. The Company recorded amortization of $40 million, $35 million, and $32 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively, which was included in the "Amortization of capitalized software costs" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Unamortized, internally generated software development costs included in the "Other noncurrent assets" line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets totaled $135 million at both March 31, 2004 and 2003. In fiscal year 2004, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $4 million related to internally developed capitalized software assets. This amount was included in the "Other gains/expenses, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-13



        Annual amortization of capitalized software costs is the greater of the amount computed using (i) the ratio that current gross revenue for a software product bears to the total of current and anticipated future revenue for that software product or (ii) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the software product, generally estimated to be five years. The Company amortized capitalized software costs using the straight-line method in fiscal years 2004, 2003, and 2002, as anticipated future revenue is projected to increase for several years considering the Company is continuously integrating current software technology into new software products.

        Other identified intangible assets include both customer relationships and trademarks/trade names. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, assembled workforce was included as an identifiable intangible asset. The Company amortizes identified intangible assets over their remaining economic life, estimated to be between six and twelve years. The Company recorded amortization of other identified intangible assets of $39 million, $39 million, and $52 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively, inclusive of the amortization of assembled workforce in fiscal year 2002 of $13 million. The net carrying value of other identified intangible assets as of March 31, 2004 and 2003 was $195 million and $234 million, respectively, and was included in the "Other noncurrent assets" line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        Based on the identified intangible assets recorded through March 31, 2004, the annual amortization expense over the next five fiscal years is expected to be as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  2009
 
  (in millions)

Capitalized software:                              
  Purchased   $ 398   $ 373   $ 259   $ 10   $ 4
  Internally developed     40     36     28     18     10
Other     39     39     23     23     23
   
 
 
 
 

Total

 

$

477

 

$

448

 

$

310

 

$

51

 

$

37
   
 
 
 
 

        Accounting for Long-Lived Assets:    The carrying values of purchased software products, other intangible assets, and other long-lived assets, including investments, are reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of facts or circumstances, both internally and externally, that may suggest impairment. If an impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on net realizable value for capitalized software and fair value for all other intangibles.

        Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation:    Prior to fiscal year 2004, the Company accounted for stock-based compensation in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and related interpretations. Under APB Opinion 25, the difference between the quoted market prices as of the date of the grant and the contractual purchase price of shares is charged to operations over the vesting period, and no compensation expense was recognized for fixed stock options with exercise prices equal to the market price of the stock on the dates of grant and shares acquired by employees under the Company's stock purchase plans. Beginning in fiscal year 2004, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," as amended by SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123." The

F-14



Company selected the prospective method to transition to the fair value method of measuring stock-based compensation expense. Under the fair value based method, the Company charges the value of all newly granted stock-based compensation to expense over the vesting period based on the computed fair value at the date of grant. Pro forma net loss and net loss per share disclosures, as if the Company recorded compensation expense based on the fair value for stock-based awards for all periods presented, have been presented in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure," and are as follows for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 (See Note 9 for additional information regarding stock plans):

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Net income (loss) as reported   $ 25   $ (267 ) $ (1,102 )
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense, net of tax, included in net income (loss)     8     1     2  
Less: Stock-based employee compensation expense, net of tax, determined under the fair value based method for all awards     (78 )   (94 )   (85 )
   
 
 
 

Pro forma net loss

 

$

(45

)

$

(360

)

$

(1,185

)
Basic earnings (loss) per share                    
As reported   $ 0.04   $ (0.46 ) $ (1.91 )
Pro forma     (0.08 )   (0.63 )   (2.05 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share                    
As reported   $ 0.04   $ (0.46 ) $ (1.91 )
Pro forma     (0.08 )   (0.63 )   (2.05 )

        The compensation expense and pro forma net loss may not be indicative of amounts to be included in future periods.

        The weighted-average fair value at date of grant for options granted in fiscal years 2004, 2003, and 2002 was $14.60, $8.23, and $13.48, respectively. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average assumptions that were used for option grants in the respective periods are as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Dividend yield   .30 % .56 % .37 %
Expected volatility factor   .67   .67   .65  
Risk-free interest rate   3.0 % 3.2 % 4.9 %
Expected life (in years)   4.5   6.0   6.0  

        In fiscal year 2004, the expected life (in years) was 4.5, which is lower than the expected life used in prior year computations due to a reduction in the average vesting period.

        The weighted-average fair value of the Year 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Purchase Plan) shares for offering periods commencing in fiscal years 2004, 2003, and 2002 was $7.28, $4.94, and

F-15



$11.76, respectively. The fair value is estimated on the first date of the offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average assumptions that were used for the Purchase Plan shares in the respective periods are as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
Dividend yield   .33 % .56 % .22 %
Expected volatility factor   .53   .70   .65  
Risk-free interest rate   1.0 % 1.5 % 2.7 %
Expected life (in years)   .5   .5   .5  

        Net Loss From Continuing Operations per Share:    Basic and dilutive loss per share from continuing operations are computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Loss from continuing operations, net of taxes   $ (36 ) $ (270 ) $ (1,096 )
Interest expense associated with the Convertible Senior Notes, net of tax(1)              
Numerator in calculation of diluted loss per share from continuing operations   $ (36 ) $ (270 ) $ (1,096 )
   
 
 
 

Weighted-average shares outstanding and common share equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding     580     575     577  
Weighted-average Convertible Senior Note shares outstanding              
Weighted-average stock options outstanding, net              
Weighted-average shareholder settlement shares(2)              
   
 
 
 

Denominator in calculation of diluted loss per share from continuing operations

 

 

580

 

 

575

 

 

577

 
   
 
 
 

Diluted loss per share from continuing operations(3)

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.47

)

$

(1.90

)
   
 
 
 

(1)
If the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 had resulted in income from continuing operations, and had the common share equivalents for the 5% Convertible Senior Notes (27 million shares) issued in March 2002 and the 1.625% Convertible Senior Notes (23 million shares) issued in December 2002 (collectively, the Notes) been dilutive, interest expense, net of tax, related to the Notes would have been added back to income from continuing operations in order to calculate diluted earnings per share from continuing operations. The related interest expense, net of tax, for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 totaled approximately $25 million. The related interest expense, net of tax, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002 was less than $1 million.

F-16


(2)
A portion of the shareholder settlement shares were deemed contingently issuable and were therefore considered to be outstanding common shares as of December 2003, which was the date all necessary conditions for the future issuance of the shares were satisfied. The difference between those shares deemed contingently issuable, which have been included in the calculation of basic loss per share, and the total settlement shares not yet issued have been considered in calculating diluted loss per share.

(3)
If the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 had resulted in income from continuing operations and had all common share equivalents been dilutive, the weighted-average shares outstanding and common share equivalents would have been 637 million, 612 million, and 591 million, respectively.

        Comprehensive Income (Loss):    Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized losses on the Company's available-for-sale securities. As of March 31, 2004 and 2003, the accumulated comprehensive loss included a foreign currency translation loss of $111 million and $215 million, respectively, and an unrealized gain on equity securities, net of tax, of $8 million in fiscal year 2004 and no unrealized gain or loss in fiscal year 2003. The components of comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable tax, for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, are included within the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity.

        Reclassifications:    Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform with the current year's presentation.

        Gains and losses attributable to sales of fixed assets, certain foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, and certain other infrequent events have been reclassified from "SG&A" to "Other gains/expenses, net" on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The components of "Other gains/expenses, net" are as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in millions)

(Gains) losses attributable to sales of fixed assets   $ (19 ) $ 3   $
Expenses attributable to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates     41     66     6
Expenses attributable to legal settlements     26     15     1
Payment to Ranger Governance Ltd.         10    
Impairment of capitalized software     4         28
   
 
 

 

 

$

52

 

$

94

 

$

35
   
 
 

        Approximately $780 million of noncurrent deferred subscription revenue (uncollected) associated with amounts due from customers within the next 12 months at March 31, 2003 has been reclassified from "unearned revenue—noncurrent" (a component of net installment accounts receivable—noncurrent) to "unearned revenue—current" (a component of net trade and installment accounts receivable—current) on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and within Note 5 to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation. As a result of this reclassification, the Company reclassified $291 million

F-17



of a deferred tax liability at March 31, 2003 from deferred income taxes—current, to deferred income taxes—noncurrent on the Consolidated Balance Sheet to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation.

        Approximately $72 million of deferred tax assets at March 31, 2003 has been reclassified from "Other noncurrent assets" to "Deferred income taxes" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation.

        Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, assembled workforce no longer met the definition of an identifiable intangible asset. As a result, the noncurrent deferred tax liability of $35 million at March 31, 2003 associated with the assembled workforce asset was eliminated through a reduction in the carrying amount of goodwill.

        Approximately $28 million of taxes payable at March 31, 2003 has been reclassified from "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" to "Federal, state, and foreign income taxes payable" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation.

        Approximately $18 million of a noncurrent reserve at March 31, 2003 has been reclassified from "Other noncurrent assets" to "Other current liabilities" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation.

        Approximately $16 million of certain unclaimed funds at March 31, 2003 has been reclassified from "Allowance for doubtful accounts" (a component of net trade and installment accounts receivable—current) to "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation. As a result of this reclassification, the Company reclassified $6 million of a deferred tax liability at March 31, 2003 to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation.

        Approximately $14 million of deferred revenue at March 31, 2003 related to the Company's indirect business (distributors, resellers, and VARs) has been reclassified from "Allowance for doubtful accounts" to "Billed accounts receivable" within Note 5 to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation. As a result of this reclassification, the Company reclassified $5 million of a deferred tax liability at March 31, 2003.

        Approximately $8 million of certain international pension liabilities at March 31, 2003 has been reclassified from "Salaries, wages, and commissions" to "Other noncurrent liabilities" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet to conform to the March 31, 2004 presentation.

Note 2—Divestitures and Acquisitions

Divestitures

        In March 2004, the Company sold its approximate 90% interests in ACCPAC to The Sage Group, plc. (Sage). The Company's net proceeds totaled $104 million for all of our outstanding equity interests of ACCPAC, including options and change of control payments for certain ACCPAC officers and managers. The Company received approximately $90 million of the net proceeds in fiscal year 2004 and the remainder in fiscal year 2005. ACCPAC specializes in accounting, customer relationship management, human resources, warehouse management, manufacturing, electronic data interchange, and point-of-sale software for small and medium-sized businesses. As a result of the sale in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company realized a gain, net of taxes, of approximately $60 million, and approximately 600 employees were transferred to Sage. The sale completes the Company's multiyear

F-18



effort to exit the business applications market. Pursuant to SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," the prior year assets and liabilities of ACCPAC have been reclassified as a discontinued operation on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the results of operations of ACCPAC, including the gain on the sale in fiscal year 2004, have been recorded as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

        The operating results of ACCPAC are summarized as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004(1)
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 

Software fees and other

 

$

38

 

$

46

 

$

44

 
Maintenance     40     43     34  
   
 
 
 

Total revenue

 

$

78

 

$

89

 

$

78

 
   
 
 
 

Pre-tax income (loss) from discontinued operation

 

$

1

 

$

5

 

$

(10

)
Income (loss) from discontinued operation, net of taxes   $ 1   $ 3   $ (6 )

(1)
Fiscal year 2004 includes operating results through December 2003, the measurement date for the ACCPAC sale. In April 2002, the Company completed the divestiture of certain non-core assets to SSA Global Technologies, Inc. (SSA). These assets consisted principally of the Company's supply-chain management, financial management, and human resource management software product groups operating under the name interBiz™. Of the $25 million selling price, approximately $12 million was received in the quarter ended June 30, 2002. In January 2003, an agreement was reached to offset the remaining selling price SSA owed to the Company against obligations the Company owed to SSA. These interBiz operations generated approximately $82 million of revenue and $90 million of direct expenses for fiscal year 2002. As part of the transaction, net billed and unbilled accounts receivable and net deferred subscription revenue were reduced by approximately $25 million and $72 million, respectively. Approximately 725 employees were transferred to SSA as part of this transaction. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," the Company recorded a $59 million, non-cash impairment charge to operations related to its investment in interBiz assets in March 2002. For the year ended March 31, 2002, the portion of the charge related to the capitalized software impairment of $28 million was included in the "Other gains/expenses, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and the portion of the charge related to the goodwill impairment of $31 million was included in the "Goodwill impairment" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        In October 2002, the Company completed the divestiture of its banking products group, the remaining product group of interBiz, to a third party. Proceeds from the divestiture totaled approximately $8 million, which was received in the quarter ended December 31, 2002. Prior to the divestiture, the banking products group generated approximately $12 million of revenue and $7 million of direct expenses for fiscal year 2003 and approximately $12 million of revenue and $10 million of direct expenses for fiscal year 2002. As part of the transaction, net billed and unbilled accounts receivable and net deferred subscription revenue were reduced by approximately $12 million and $18 million, respectively. Approximately 80 employees were transferred to the acquirer as part of this transaction.

F-19



COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Acquisitions

        During fiscal year 2004, the Company made several strategic acquisitions to complement certain of its product lines. These include the acquisition of eSecurity Online, a maker of security and security-related software; Silent Runner, a maker of network security software that safeguards electronic property; and Miramar Systems, a leading provider of desktop migration tools. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was approximately $53 million, of which $52 million was paid in cash.

        During fiscal years 2003 and 2002, the Company acquired certain consulting businesses and product technologies, which, individually and collectively, were not material to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was approximately $19 million. The Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the results of operations of the companies since the effective dates of the acquisitions.

        During fiscal year 2000, the Company acquired PLATINUM and Sterling. The Company has not completed any acquisitions since March 2000 that generated additional acquisition-related liabilities. Accrued acquisition-related costs and changes in the accruals related to the acquisitions of PLATINUM and Sterling were as follows:

 
  Duplicate
Facilities and
Other Costs

  Employee
Costs

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance as of March 31, 2002   $ 135   $ 34  
Settlements     (43 )   (10 )
Adjustments     (18 )   (1 )
   
 
 

Balance as of March 31, 2003

 

$

74

 

$

23

 
Settlements     (10 )   (9 )
Adjustments     (6 )   (2 )
   
 
 

Balance as of March 31, 2004

 

$

58

 

$

12

 
   
 
 

        The liabilities for duplicate facilities and other costs relate to operating leases, which are actively being renegotiated and expire at various times through 2010, negotiated buyouts of the operating lease commitments, and other contractually related liabilities. The liabilities for employee costs relate to involuntary termination benefits. Adjustments, which reduce the corresponding liability and related goodwill accounts, are recorded when obligations are settled at amounts less than those originally estimated. The remaining liability balances are included in the "Accrued expenses and other liabilities" line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-20



Note 3—Marketable Securities

        The following is a summary of marketable securities classified as available-for-sale:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Debt/Equity Securities:              
Cost   $ 96   $ 91  
Gross unrealized gains     13     2  
Gross unrealized losses         (2 )
   
 
 

Estimated fair value

 

$

109

 

$

91

 
   
 
 

        The Company realized approximately $1 million in gains on marketable securities for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004. There were no realized gains or losses for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 or 2002. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, the Company recorded an approximate $13 million loss due to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of various equity investments, which was included in the "SG&A" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The impairment was considered necessary since certain corporate common stocks held by the Company had deteriorated in value over a number of quarters due to external economic conditions. Additionally, the Company recorded an unrealized gain of approximately $2 million.

        The estimated fair value of debt and equity securities is based upon published closing prices of those securities as of March 31, 2004. For debt securities, amortized cost is classified by contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.

        In accordance with Emerging Issue Task Force Issue No. 03-1, "The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments," the Company reviewed its investment portfolio for impairment and determined that, as of March 31, 2004, the total unrealized loss for investments impaired for both greater and less than 12 months was immaterial.

 
  March 31, 2004
 
  Cost
  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in millions)

Debt/Equity Securities:            
Debt securities, which are recorded at market, maturing:            
  Within one year or less   $ 29   $ 29
  Between one and three years     46     47
  Between three and five years     16     17
   
 

Debt securities, which are recorded at market

 

 

91

 

 

93
Equity securities, which are recorded at market     5     16
   
 

Total marketable securities

 

$

96

 

$

109
   
 

F-21


Note 4—Segment and Geographic Information

        The Company's chief operating decision makers review financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by disaggregated information about revenue, by geographic region, for purposes of assessing financial performance and making operating decisions. Accordingly, the Company considers itself to be operating in a single industry segment. The Company is principally engaged in the design, development, marketing, licensing, and support of integrated management computer software products operating on a wide range of hardware platforms and operating systems. The Company does not manage its business by solution or focus area and therefore does not maintain financial statements on such a basis.

        In addition to its United States operations, the Company operates through branches and wholly owned subsidiaries in 45 other foreign countries located in North America (2), Africa (1), South America (6), Asia/Pacific (14), and Europe (22). Revenue is allocated to a geographic area based on the location of the sale. The following table presents information about the Company by geographic area for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002:

 
  United
States

  Europe
  Other
  Eliminations
  Total
 
   
  (in millions)

   
March 31, 2004                              
Revenue:                              
  To unaffiliated customers   $ 1,716   $ 993   $ 567   $   $ 3,276
  Between geographic areas(1)     502             (502 )  
   
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue   $ 2,218   $ 993   $ 567   $ (502 ) $ 3,276

Property and equipment, net

 

$

430

 

$

182

 

$

29

 

$


 

$

641
Identifiable assets     10,024     1,049     378     (772 )   10,679
Total liabilities     5,957     385     391     (772 )   5,961

March 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenue:                              
  To unaffiliated customers   $ 1,725   $ 828   $ 474   $   $ 3,027
  Between geographic areas(1)     302             (302 )  
   
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue   $ 2,027   $ 828   $ 474   $ (302 ) $ 3,027

Property and equipment, net

 

$

474

 

$

164

 

$

24

 

$


 

$

662
Identifiable assets     10,749     814     422     (724 )   11,261
Total liabilities     6,830     351     441     (724 )   6,898

March 31, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenue:                              
  To unaffiliated customers   $ 1,769   $ 667   $ 450   $   $ 2,886
  Between geographic areas(1)     247             (247 )  
   
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue   $ 2,016   $ 667   $ 450   $ (247 ) $ 2,886

Property and equipment, net

 

$

538

 

$

151

 

$

26

 

$


 

$

715
Identifiable assets     11,327     677     492     (125 )   12,371
Total liabilities     6,918     507     454     (125 )   7,754

(1)
Represents royalties from foreign subsidiaries determined as a percentage of certain amounts invoiced to customers. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of total revenue for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, or 2002.

F-22


Note 5—Trade and Installment Accounts Receivable

        The Company uses installment license agreements as a standard business practice and has a history of successfully collecting substantially all amounts due under the original payment terms without making concessions on payments, software products, maintenance, or professional services. Net trade and installment accounts receivable are composed of the total committed amounts due from customers throughout the license term pursuant to such agreements. These accounts receivable balances exclude unamortized discounts based on imputed interest for the time value of money for license agreements under the prior business model, unearned revenue attributable to maintenance, deferred subscription revenue, unearned professional services contracted for in the license agreement, and allowances for doubtful accounts. Deferred subscription revenue represents the deferred license agreement fees recorded under the Company's Business Model, which will amortize into revenue over the respective license agreement term.

        Trade and installment accounts receivable consist of the following:

 
  March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Current:              
Billed accounts receivable   $ 804   $ 809  
Unbilled amounts due within the next 12 months—Business Model     1,446     1,284  
Unbilled amounts due within the next 12 months—prior business model     702     1,020  
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts     (64 )   (159 )
   
 
 

Net amounts expected to be collected

 

 

2,888

 

 

2,954

 
Less: Unearned revenue — current     (1,947 )   (1,875 )
   
 
 

Net trade and installment accounts receivable—current

 

$

941

 

$

1,079

 
   
 
 

Noncurrent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Unbilled amounts due beyond the next 12 months—Business Model   $ 1,107   $ 1,210  
  Unbilled amounts due beyond the next 12 months—prior business model     1,104     1,807  
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts     (52 )   (85 )
   
 
 

Net amounts expected to be collected

 

 

2,159

 

 

2,932

 
Less: Unearned revenue — noncurrent     (1,339 )   (1,633 )
   
 
 

Net installment accounts receivable—noncurrent

 

$

820

 

$

1,299

 
   
 
 

F-23


        The components of unearned revenue consist of the following:

 
  March 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Current:            
  Unamortized discounts   $ 113   $ 185
  Unearned maintenance     104     189
  Deferred subscription revenue (uncollected)     903     688
  Noncurrent deferred subscription revenue (uncollected) associated with unbilled amounts due within the next 12 months     800     780
  Unearned professional services     27     33
   
 

 

 

$

1,947

 

$

1,875
   
 
Noncurrent:            
  Unamortized discounts   $ 141   $ 250
  Unearned maintenance     91     173
  Deferred subscription revenue (uncollected)     1,107     1,210
   
 

 

 

$

1,339

 

$

1,633
   
 

        Unbilled amounts under the Company's Business Model are collectible over one to five years. As of March 31, 2004, on a cumulative basis, approximately 57%, 88%, 95%, 98%, and 99% of amounts due from customers recorded under the Company's Business Model come due within fiscal years ended 2005 through 2009, respectively.

        Unbilled amounts under the prior business model are collectible over three to six years. As of March 31, 2004, on a cumulative basis, approximately 39%, 57%, 72%, 80%, and 86% of amounts due from customers recorded under the prior business model come due within fiscal years ended 2005 through 2009, respectively.

        Under the Company's Business Model, amounts due from customers are offset by related deferred subscription revenue (unearned revenue), which results in little or no carrying value on the balance sheet. In addition, under the Company's Business Model, customer payments are often received prior to revenue recognition, which reduces the need to provide for estimated bad debts. The Company reviews the reasonableness of its allowance for doubtful accounts each quarter. Based on those reviews, the Company determined that the allowance for doubtful accounts exceeded the Company's estimate of uncollectible accounts receivable. As a result, the Company recorded a net credit to provision expense of $53 million for fiscal year 2004. The Company recorded a provision expense in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 of $68 million and $233 million, respectively. Provision expense (credit) is included in the "SG&A" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        The Company's estimate of the fair value of net installment accounts receivable recorded under the prior business model approximates carrying value since it is net of discounts, unearned contractual obligations, and an allowance for doubtful accounts. The fair value of the unbilled amounts recorded under the Company's Business Model (unbilled amounts due less deferred subscription revenue) may

F-24



have a fair value greater than that reported on the balance sheet. Currently, amounts due from customers under the Company's Business Model are offset by unearned revenue related to these license agreements, leaving no or minimal net carrying value on the balance sheet for such amounts. The fair value may exceed this carrying value but cannot be practically assessed since there is no existing market for a pool of customer receivables with such contractual commitments similar to that of the Company's. The actual fair value may not be known until these amounts are sold, securitized, or collected. Although these customer license agreements commit the customer to payment under a fixed schedule, the agreements are considered executory in nature due to the ongoing commitment to provide "unspecified future deliverables" as part of the agreement terms.

Note 6—Debt

Credit Facilities

        As of March 31, 2004, the Company's committed bank credit facilities consisted of a $470 million, unsecured bank revolving credit facility expiring on January 31, 2005 (the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility). As of March 31, 2003, in addition to the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility, the Company had a $400 million, four-year unsecured bank revolving credit facility, which expired on May 30, 2003 (the 1999 Revolving Credit Facility).

 
  March 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  Maximum
Available

  Outstanding
Balance

  Maximum
Available

  Outstanding
Balance

 
  (in millions)

1999 Revolving Credit Facility   $   $   $ 400   $ 350
2002 Revolving Credit Facility     470         440    

1999 Revolving Credit Facility

        In May 2003, the Company repaid the $350 million balance drawn under the 1999 Revolving Credit Facility.

2002 Revolving Credit Facility

        On December 31, 2002, the Company entered into the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility with a maximum available borrowing capacity of $400 million. The available capacity was subsequently increased several times and, as of March 31, 2004, totaled $470 million. No amount was drawn under the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility as of March 31, 2004 or 2003. The Company's current intention is to renew the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility prior to its expiration on January 31, 2005. The Company also has the option to apply for a one-year extension of the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility.

        The interest rates on the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility are determined based on a ratings grid, which applies a margin to the prevailing London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The Company capitalized the initial transaction fees associated with the agreement, which totaled approximately $6 million. These fees are being amortized over the initial term of the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility in the "Interest expense, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-25


        The Company is required to maintain certain financial ratios in connection with the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility. Covenant calculations are based upon maintaining ratios of cash generated from operations to interest expense and total debt, in addition to a net worth covenant, all of which are defined within the respective credit agreements. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants as of March 31, 2004.

Senior Note Obligations

        As of March 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had the following unsecured, fixed-rate interest, senior note obligations outstanding:

 
  March 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

6.770% Senior Notes due April 2003   $   $ 64
6.250% Senior Notes due April 2003         412
6.375% Senior Notes due April 2005     825     825
5.000% Convertible Senior Notes due March 2007     660     660
6.500% Senior Notes due April 2008     350     350
1.625% Convertible Senior Notes due December 2009     460     460

Fiscal Year 1997 Senior Notes

        In fiscal year 1997, $320 million of unsecured 6.77% Senior Notes were issued in a private transaction pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. As of March 31, 2003, $64 million was outstanding under the 6.77% Senior Notes. The balance of the 6.77% Senior Notes was fully repaid in April 2003.

Fiscal Year 1999 Senior Notes

        In fiscal year 1999, the Company issued $1.750 billion of unsecured Senior Notes in a transaction pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (Rule 144A). Amounts borrowed, rates, and maturities for each issue were $575 million at 6.25% due April 15, 2003, $825 million at 6.375% due April 15, 2005, and $350 million at 6.5% due April 15, 2008. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company repaid the $412 million remaining balance of the 6.25% Senior Notes. As of March 31, 2004, $825 million and $350 million of the 6.375% and 6.5% Senior Notes, respectively, remained outstanding.

5% Convertible Senior Notes

        In fiscal year 2002, the Company issued $660 million of unsecured 5% Convertible Senior Notes, due March 15, 2007 (5% Notes), in a transaction pursuant to Rule 144A. The 5% Notes are senior unsecured indebtedness and rank equally with all existing senior unsecured indebtedness. The Notes may not be redeemed by the Company during the first three years that they are outstanding and may be called thereafter until maturity at the Company's option at declining premiums to par. The Company capitalized the initial transaction fees associated with the 5% Notes, which totaled approximately $16 million. These fees are being amortized over the period through maturity of the 5% Notes in the "Interest expense, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-26



COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Concurrent with the issuance of the 5% Notes, the Company entered into a call spread repurchase option transaction (5% Notes Call Spread). The option purchase price of the Call Spread was $95 million. The entire purchase price of $95 million has been charged to Stockholders' Equity. Under the terms of the 5% Notes Call Spread, the Company has the option to receive (i) outstanding shares equivalent to the number of shares that will be issued if all of the 5% Notes are converted into shares (27.116 million shares) upon payment of an exercise price of $24.83 per share (aggregate of $673.2 million); or (ii) a net cash settlement, net share settlement or a combination, whereby the Company will receive cash or shares equal to the increase in the market value of the 27.116 million shares from the aggregate value at the $24.83 exercise price (aggregate of $673.2 million), subject to the upper limit of $36.60 discussed below. The 5% Notes Call Spread is designed to partially mitigate the potential dilution from conversion of the 5% Notes, depending upon the market price of the Company's common stock at such time. The 5% Notes Call Spread can be exercised in March 2005 at an exercise price of $24.83 per share. To limit the cost of the 5% Notes Call Spread, an upper limit of $36.60 per share has been set, such that if the price of the common stock is above that limit at the time of exercise, the number of shares eligible to be purchased will be proportionately reduced based on the amount by which the common share price exceeds $36.60 at the time of exercise.

        The Company's first opportunity to call the 5% Notes will be in March 2005, at which time the Company will also have the right to exercise options to purchase outstanding shares or settle in cash under the 5% Notes Call Spread.

1.625% Convertible Senior Notes

        In fiscal year 2003, the Company issued $460 million of unsecured 1.625% Convertible Senior Notes (1.625% Notes), due December 15, 2009, in a transaction pursuant to Rule 144A. The 1.625% Notes are senior unsecured indebtedness, rank equally with all existing senior unsecured indebtedness, and are convertible into shares of the Company's common stock. The Company may redeem the 1.625% Notes only at the maturity date of December 15, 2009. We capitalized the initial transaction fees associated with the 1.625% Notes, which totaled approximately $12 million. These fees are being amortized over the period through maturity of the 1.625% Notes in the "Interest expense, net" line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        Concurrent with the issuance of the 1.625% Notes, the Company entered into call spread repurchase option transactions (1.625% Notes Call Spread). The option purchase price of the Call Spread was $73 million. The entire purchase price of $73 million has been charged to Stockholders' Equity. Under the terms of the 1.625% Notes Call Spread, the Company has the option to receive (i) outstanding shares equivalent to the number of shares that will be issued if all of the 1.625% Notes are converted into shares (22.954 million shares) upon payment of an exercise price of $20.04 per share (aggregate of $460 million); or (ii) a net cash settlement, net share settlement or a combination, whereby the Company will receive cash or shares equal to the increase in the market value of the 22.954 million shares from the aggregate value at the $20.04 exercise price (aggregate of $460 million), subject to the upper limit of $30.00 discussed below. The 1.625% Notes Call Spread is designed to partially mitigate the potential dilution from conversion of the 1.625% Notes, depending upon the market price of our common stock at such time. The 1.625% Notes Call Spread can be exercised in December 2009 at an exercise price of $20.04 per share. To limit the cost of the 1.625% Notes Call Spread, an upper limit of $30.00 per share has been set, such that if the price of the common stock is above that limit at the time of exercise, the number of shares eligible to be purchased will be

F-27



proportionately reduced based on the amount by which the common share price exceeds $30.00 at the time of exercise.

Other Indebtedness

 
  March 31,
 
  2004
  2003
 
  Maximum
Available

  Outstanding
Balance

  Maximum
Available

  Outstanding
Balance

 
   
  (in millions)

   
Commercial paper   $ 400   $   $ 400   $
International line of credit     5         3    
Other         5         5

Commercial Paper

        The Company has a $400 million commercial paper (CP) program with no borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2004 or 2003, and provides for the issuance of CP not to exceed 270 days. The CP program is currently rated A-3 by Standard & Poor's (S&P) and is on CreditWatch with negative implications. The CP program is currently rated NP (Not-Prime) by Moody's Investors Service (Moody's) and is on stable outlook. Any future issuances of CP will be supported by cash and marketable securities on hand and undrawn amounts available under the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility.

International Line of Credit

        The Company has a $5 million unsecured and uncommitted multicurrency line of credit available to meet short-term working capital needs of subsidiaries operating outside the United States. No amount was drawn under this credit line as of March 31, 2004.

Other

        The Company had various other debt obligations outstanding, which approximated $5 million in each of the fiscal years ending March 31, 2004 and 2003.

        In October 2003, Moody's lowered the Company's senior unsecured debt rating to Baa3 from Baa2 and the Company's short-term rating for commercial paper to Prime-3 from Prime-2. In March 2004, Moody's again lowered the Company's senior unsecured debt rating to Ba1 and the Company's short-term rating for commercial paper to Not-Prime. Moody's indicated that the outlook is stable. Also in October 2003, S&P placed the Company's BBB+ senior unsecured debt rating and the Company's A-2 commercial paper rating on CreditWatch with negative implications. In April 2004, S&P lowered the Company's senior unsecured debt rating to BBB- and the Company's short-term rating for commercial paper to A-3. As a result of the downgrades, the Company will pay additional facility fees of approximately $1.2 million annually under the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility and, should the Company choose to borrow in the future under the 2002 Revolving Credit Facility, the cost of borrowing would be higher. These, or any other future downgrades, could also affect the Company's ability to obtain additional financing in the future and may affect the terms of any such financing.

F-28



        The Company conducts an ongoing review of its capital structure and debt obligations as part of its risk management strategy. As of March 31, 2004, the fair value of the Company's debt was approximately $452 million more than its carrying value.

        Interest expense for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 was $136 million, $193 million, and $249 million, respectively.

        The maturities of outstanding debt are as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  2009
  Thereafter
 
  (in millions)

Amount due   $ 2   $ 825   $ 661   $ 1   $ 350   $ 461

Note 7—Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company leases real estate and certain data processing and other equipment with lease terms expiring through 2023. The leases are operating leases and provide for renewal options and additional rentals based on escalations in operating expenses and real estate taxes. The Company has no material capital leases.

        Rental expense under operating leases for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, was $191 million, $217 million, and $220 million, respectively. Future minimum lease payments are: 2005—$135 million; 2006—$102 million; 2007—$72 million; 2008—$45 million; 2009—$35 million; and thereafter—$87 million. These future minimum lease payments include sublease income of: 2005—$31 million; 2006—$28 million; 2007—$26 million; 2008—$24 million; 2009—$20 million; and thereafter—$39 million.

        The Company has commitments to invest approximately $3 million in connection with joint venture agreements.

        In prior fiscal years, the Company sold individual accounts receivable under the prior business model to an external third party subject to certain recourse provisions. These amounts subject to recourse approximated $127 million and $141 million as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        The Company, its former Chairman and CEO Charles B. Wang, its former Chairman and CEO Sanjay Kumar, and Russell M. Artzt were defendants in a number of stockholder class action lawsuits, the first of which was filed July 23, 1998, alleging that a class consisting of all persons who purchased the Company's common stock during the period from January 20, 1998, until July 22, 1998, were harmed by misleading statements, misrepresentations, and omissions regarding the Company's future financial performance. These cases, which sought monetary damages, were consolidated into a single action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York (the Federal Court), the proposed class was certified, and discovery was completed. Additionally, in February and March 2002, a number of stockholder lawsuits were filed in the Federal Court against the Company and Messrs. Wang, Kumar, Ira H. Zar, the Company's former Chief Financial Officer, and in one instance, Mr. Artzt. The lawsuits generally alleged, among other things, that the Company made misleading statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in connection with the Company's financial performance. Each of the named individual plaintiffs in the

F-29



2002 lawsuits sought to represent a class consisting of purchasers of the Company's common stock and call options and sellers of put options for the period from May 28, 1999, through February 25, 2002. The 2002 cases were consolidated, and the Company's former independent auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, was named as a defendant. In addition, in May 2003, a class action lawsuit captioned John A. Ambler v. Computer Associates International, Inc., et al. was filed in the Federal Court. The complaint in this matter, a purported class action on behalf of the Computer Associates Savings Harvest Plan (the CASH Plan) and the participants and beneficiaries of the CASH Plan for a class period running from March 30, 1998, through May 30, 2003, asserted claims of breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA, the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act. The named defendants were the Company, the Company's Board of Directors, the CASH Plan, the Administrative Committee of the CASH Plan, and the following current or former employees and/or directors of the Company: Charles B. Wang; Sanjay Kumar; Ira Zar; Russell M. Artzt; Peter A. Schwartz; Charles P. McWade; and various unidentified alleged fiduciaries of the CASH Plan. The complaint alleged that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties by causing the CASH Plan to invest in Company securities and sought damages in an unspecified amount.

        A derivative lawsuit was filed against certain current and former directors of the Company, based on essentially the same allegations as those contained in the February and March 2002 stockholder lawsuits discussed above. This action was commenced in April 2002 in Delaware Chancery Court, and an amended complaint was filed in November 2002. The defendants named in the amended complaints were the Company as a nominal defendant, current Company directors Messrs. Artzt, Lewis S. Ranieri, and Alfonse M. D'Amato, and former Company directors Ms. Shirley Strum Kenny and Messrs. Wang, Kumar, Willem de Vogel, Richard Grasso, and Roel Pieper. The derivative suit alleged breach of fiduciary duties on the part of all the individual defendants and, as against the current and former management director defendants, insider trading on the basis of allegedly misappropriated confidential, material information. The amended complaints sought an accounting and recovery on behalf of the Company of an unspecified amount of damages, including recovery of the profits allegedly realized from the sale of common stock of the Company.

        On August 25, 2003, the Company announced the settlement of all outstanding litigation related to the above-referenced stockholder and derivative actions as well as the settlement of an additional derivative action filed in the Federal Court in connection with the settlement. Following the approval of the Federal Court, which was granted in December 2003, the Company agreed to issue a total of up to 5.7 million shares of common stock to the shareholders represented in the three class action lawsuits, including payment of attorneys' fees. The settlement provides that if the Company's share price is below $23.43 per share at the time of distribution, up to 2.2 million of the 5.7 million shares will be payable in cash at that price—or approximately $52 million in cash. In that case, the stock portion of the settlement would be reduced to no less than 3.5 million shares. In January 2004, approximately 1.6 million settlement shares were issued along with approximately $3.3 million to the plaintiffs' attorneys for attorney fees and related expenses. In March 2004, approximately 0.2 million settlement shares were issued to participants and beneficiaries of the CASH Plan. The remaining 3.8 million settlement shares, less any additional administrative expenses, will be issued to class members in the stockholder class action lawsuits upon completion of the claims administration process. At the time of the distribution to the class members, if the price of the Company's stock is below $23.43 per share, a portion of the remaining settlement shares (currently up to 1.5 million shares) will be distributed to the class members in cash at the price of $23.43 per share. Therefore, as of March 31, 2004, the Company's

F-30



maximum cash distribution would have been approximately $35 million. In settling the derivative suit, the Company committed to maintain certain corporate governance practices. Under the settlement, the Company and the individual defendants are released from any potential claim by shareholders relating to accounting-related or other public statements made by the Company or its agents from January 1998 through February 2002 (and from January 1998 through May 2003 in the case of the employee ERISA action), and the individual defendants are released from any potential claim by the Company or its shareholders relating to the same matters. Ernst & Young LLP is not a party to the settlement. The settlement was reviewed by the independent directors who chair the Company's Governance, Audit, and Compensation and Human Resource Committees of the Board of Directors as well as by all non-interested, independent directors who were not named in any of the suits. It was also approved by the Board's independent directors as a whole.

        The Company has been providing documents and other information to the United States Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of New York and the staff of the Northeast Regional Office of the SEC in connection with an ongoing investigation concerning certain of the Company's accounting practices, including its revenue recognition procedures in periods prior to the adoption of the Company's Business Model in October 2000. On January 8, 2004, the Company received a "Wells Notice" from the staff of the SEC. The Wells Notice notifies the Company that the staff of the SEC is considering recommending that the SEC bring a civil enforcement proceeding against the Company for possible violations of the federal securities laws arising from the Company's premature recognition of revenue from software license agreements in periods prior to the adoption of the Company's Business Model, including revenue from contracts that were not fully executed or otherwise finalized until after the quarter in which the revenue associated with such contracts had been recognized. On April 14, 2004, the Company responded to the Wells Notice and is discussing with the United States Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of New York and the staff of the SEC a resolution of the investigation against the Company.

        In response to the investigation described in the preceding paragraph, the Board of Directors authorized the Audit Committee to conduct an independent investigation into the timing of revenue recognition by the Company. On October 8, 2003, the Company reported that the ongoing investigation by the Audit Committee had preliminarily found that revenues were prematurely recognized in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2000, and that a number of software license agreements appeared to have been signed after the end of the quarter in which revenues associated with such software license agreements had been recognized in that fiscal year. Those revenues, as the Audit Committee found, should have been recognized in the quarter in which the software license agreements were signed. Those preliminary findings were reported to government investigators.

        Following the Audit Committee's preliminary report and at its recommendation, the Company asked for and received the resignations of four executives who oversaw the relevant financial operations during the period in question, including the Company's then Chief Financial Officer, Ira Zar. On January 22, 2004, one of these individuals pleaded guilty to federal criminal charges of conspiracy to obstruct justice in connection with the ongoing joint investigation, and on April 8, 2004, Mr. Zar and two other executives pleaded guilty to charges of conspiracy to obstruct justice and conspiracy to commit securities fraud in connection with the investigation. The SEC filed related actions against each of the four executives alleging that they participated in a widespread practice that resulted in the improper recognition of revenue by the Company. Without admitting or denying the allegations in the complaints, Mr. Zar and two other executives each consented to a permanent injunction against

F-31



violating, or aiding and abetting violations of, the securities laws, and also to a permanent bar from serving as an officer or director of a publicly held company. Litigation against the four executives with respect to the Commission's claims for disgorgement and penalties is continuing. A number of other employees, primarily in the Company's legal and finance departments, have been terminated or have resigned as a result of matters under investigation by the Audit Committee, including Steven Woghin, the Company's former General Counsel. Stephen Richards, the Company's former Executive Vice President of Sales, resigned from his position and was relieved of all duties in April 2004, and is leaving the Company at the end of June 2004. Additionally, on April 21, 2004, Sanjay Kumar resigned as Chairman, a director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and assumed the role of Chief Software Architect. Thereafter, Mr. Kumar resigned from the Company effective June 30, 2004.

        The Company cannot predict the scope, timing, or outcome of the investigation and other matters referred to herein, which may include the institution of administrative, civil injunctive, or criminal proceedings, the imposition of fines and penalties, which may be significant, suspensions or debarments from government contracts, and other remedies and sanctions, any of which could lead to an adverse impact on our credit ratings and ability to obtain financing, an adverse impact on the Company's stock price, loss of additional senior management, the inability to attract or retain key employees, and the loss of customers. In addition, under the law, the illegal acts of the Company's employees may be ascribed to the Company. The Company cannot predict what impact, if any, these matters may have on its business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow. The Company recorded a $10 million charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004 associated with the pending government investigation. This charge was based on an initial offer the Company made to the government in connection with settlement discussions associated with the Department of Justice and SEC investigation.

        In April 2004, the Audit Committee completed its internal investigation and determined that the Company should restate certain financial data to properly reflect the timing of the recognition of license revenue for the Company's fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000. For more information regarding this restatement, please see Item 6, "Selected Financial Data." Additional information can also be found in the Form 8-K the Company filed with the SEC on April 26, 2004. The Audit Committee believes that the Company's financial statements under its current Business Model are unaffected by the accounting practices that were in place prior to the adoption of the Business Model in October 2000, and that the historical issues it had identified in the course of its independent investigation concerned the premature recognition of revenue. The Company continues to implement and consider additional remedial actions it deems necessary.

        In July 2002, two derivative lawsuits were filed against the then directors of the Company in the Delaware Chancery Court. These lawsuits alleged waste and breach of fiduciary duties in connection with the Company's payment to and standstill agreement with Sam Wyly and Ranger Governance Ltd., pursuant to which they agreed, among other things, not to engage in a proxy contest with the Company for five years and to extend Mr. Wyly's noncompete agreement with the Company. By stipulation of the parties to the litigation, the Chancery Court dismissed these lawsuits, with prejudice, in April 2004.

F-32


        The Company, various subsidiaries, and certain current and former officers have been named as defendants in various other lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses in connection with such lawsuits and claims, and intends to vigorously contest each of them. In the opinion of the Company's management, the results of these other lawsuits and claims, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flow.

Note 8—Income Taxes

        The amounts of loss before benefit for income taxes attributable to domestic and foreign operations are as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Domestic   $ (178 ) $ (453 ) $ (1,156 )
Foreign     124     85     (219 )
   
 
 
 

 

 

$

(54

)

$

(368

)

$

(1,375

)
   
 
 
 

        The benefit for income taxes consists of the following:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Current:                    
  Federal   $ 135   $ 278   $ 188  
  State     19     25     19  
  Foreign     121     90     56  
   
 
 
 

 

 

 

275

 

 

393

 

 

263

 
Deferred:                    
  Federal   $ (216 ) $ (397 ) $ (399 )
  State     (28 )   (39 )   (41 )
  Foreign     (49 )   (55 )   (102 )
   
 
 
 

 

 

 

(293

)

 

(491

)

 

(542

)
Total:                    
  Federal   $ (81 ) $ (119 ) $ (211 )
  State     (9 )   (14 )   (22 )
  Foreign     72     35     (46 )
   
 
 
 

 

 

$

(18

)

$

(98

)

$

(279

)
   
 
 
 

F-33


        The benefit for income taxes is reconciled to the tax benefit computed at the federal statutory rate as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Tax benefit at U.S. federal statutory rate   $ (19 ) $ (129 ) $ (481 )
Increase in tax expense resulting from:                    
  Goodwill impairment         28      
  Non-deductible amortization of excess cost over net assets acquired             186  
  Non-deductible portion of class action settlement and litigation charge     10          
  Effect of international operations, including foreign export benefit     (33 )   (15 )   (4 )
  State taxes, net of federal tax benefit     (7 )   (9 )   (12 )
  Valuation allowance     22     17     21  
  Other, net     9     10     11  
   
 
 
 

 

 

$

(18

)

$

(98

)

$

(279

)
   
 
 
 

        At March 31, 2004, $14 million of deferred tax assets are included in the "Other noncurrent assets" line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

        Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for tax purposes. The tax effects of the temporary differences are as follows:

 
  March 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Modified accrual basis accounting   $ 260   $ 167  
  Acquisition reserves     16     25  
  Class action settlement     32      
  Accrued expenses     32     32  
  Foreign Net operating losses     69     67  
  Valuation allowance     (60 )   (38 )
  Other(1)     (24 )   34  
   
 
 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

325

 

$

287

 
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Modified accrual basis accounting   $ 258   $ 332  
  Purchased software     275     417  
  Other intangible assets     74     88  
  Capitalized development costs     51     51  
  Tax benefit of stock options         159  
  Other(1)     (20 )    
   
 
 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

638

 

$

1,047

 
   
 
 

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(313

)

$

(760

)
   
 
 

(1)
Primarily represents deferred tax liabilities and assets in foreign tax jurisdictions, which in accordance with paragraphs 41 and 42 of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," can be offset against the respective deferred tax assets and liabilities in each jurisdiction.

F-34


        Foreign NOLs totaled approximately $220 million and $214 million as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These NOLs expire between 2005 and 2015. In management's judgment, the net deferred tax assets of $325 million for certain acquisition liabilities, NOLs and other deferred tax assets, will more likely than not be realized as reductions of future taxable income or by utilizing available tax planning strategies. The valuation allowance increased $22 million and $17 million in March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The change in the valuation allowance primarily relates to deferred tax assets, specifically, NOLs and other Business Model assets in foreign jurisdictions that more likely than not in management's judgment will not be realized.

        In May 2004, the Internal Revenue Service issued Revenue Procedure 2004-34, which grants taxpayers a limited deferral for certain receipts of advance payments to the extent such advance payments were not recognized in revenue for financial statement purposes. Therefore, beginning with the Company's tax year ended March 31, 2004, taxes associated with cash payments received from U.S. customers in advance of the ratable recognition of revenue for certain term-based licenses will be deferred for up to a year. As a result of implementing this Revenue Procedure, at March 31, 2004 the Company reduced deferred tax assets and income taxes payable by approximately $196 million and $100 million, respectively, and recorded a tax refund receivable of $96 million.

        Approximately $159 million related to income tax benefits associated with the exercise of certain stock options prior to fiscal year 1999 has been reclassified as of March 31, 2004 from noncurrent "Deferred income tax" liability to "Additional paid-in capital" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity. Prior period balances have not been reclassified.

        No provision has been made for federal income taxes on unremitted earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries (approximately $442 million of earnings as of March 31, 2004), since the Company plans to permanently reinvest all such earnings.

Note 9—Stock Plans

        Effective April 1, 2003, the Company began charging to expense the computed value of all newly granted stock-based compensation over the vesting period. The computed fair value at the date of grant is calculated using the fair value based methodology under SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148. See Note 1 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" for additional information.

        The Company's 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1991 Plan) provided that stock appreciation rights and/or options, both qualified and non-statutory, to purchase up to 67.5 million shares of common stock of the Company could be granted to employees (including officers of the Company). Options granted thereunder may be exercised in annual increments commencing one year after the date of grant and become fully exercisable after five years. All options expire 10 years from the date of grant unless otherwise terminated. As of March 31, 2004, no stock appreciation rights were granted under this plan and 70.9 million options have been granted, including options issued that were previously terminated due to employee forfeitures. As of March 31, 2004, 17.1 million of the 22.2 million options which were outstanding under the 1991 Plan were exercisable. These options are exercisable at $9.07—$74.69 per share.

        The 1993 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the 1993 Plan) provided for nonstatutory options to purchase up to a total of 337,500 shares of common stock of the Company to be available for grant to each member of the Board of Directors who is not otherwise an employee of

F-35



the Company. Pursuant to the 1993 Plan, the exercise price shall be the fair market value (FMV) of the shares covered by the option at the date of grant. The option period shall not exceed 10 years, and each option may be exercised in whole or in part on the first anniversary date of its grant. As of March 31, 2004, 222,750 options have been granted under this plan. As of March 31, 2004, all of the 13,500 options which are outstanding under the 1993 Plan are exercisable. These options are exercisable at $32.38—$51.44 per share.

        The 2001 Stock Option Plan (the 2001 Plan) was effective as of July 1, 2001. The 2001 Plan provides that nonstatutory and incentive stock options to purchase up to 7.5 million shares of common stock of the Company may be granted to select employees and consultants. All options expire 10 years from the date of grant unless otherwise terminated. As of March 31, 2004, 6.5 million options have been granted. These options are exercisable in annual increments commencing one year after the date of grant and become fully exercisable after three years. As of March 31, 2004, 3.3 million of the 5.6 million options outstanding are exercisable. These options are exercisable at $21.89—$26.27 per share.

        The 2002 Incentive Plan (the 2002 Plan) was effective as of April 1, 2002. The 2002 Plan provides that annual performance bonuses, long-term performance bonuses, stock options, both non-qualified and incentive, restricted stock, and other equity-based awards to purchase up to 45 million shares of common stock of the Company may be granted to select employees and consultants. In addition, any shares of common stock that were subject to issuance but not awarded under the 2001 Plan are available for issuance under the 2002 Plan. As of March 31, 2004, 1.8 million of such shares were available for future issuance. All options expire 10 years from the date of grant unless otherwise terminated. Options cannot be repriced pursuant to the provisions of the 2002 Plan. As of March 31, 2004, options covering 12.9 million shares have been granted under the 2002 Plan. These options are generally exercisable in annual increments commencing one year after the date of grant and become fully exercisable after three years. As of March 31, 2004, 2.0 million of the 12.5 million options outstanding are exercisable. These options are exercisable at $12.89—$31.50 per share. As of March 31, 2004, 626,800 restricted shares have been awarded to certain executive officers. These shares are subject to vesting based upon the participant's continued employment. The value of this award, net of anticipated forfeitures, is $8.3 million and will be recognized as expense over the three-year vesting period.

        The 2002 Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the 2002 Director Plan) was effective as of July 1, 2002. The 2002 Director Plan provides for each director to receive annual director fees in the form of deferred shares and automatic grants to purchase 6,750 shares of common stock of the Company, up to a total of 650,000 shares to be granted to eligible directors. Pursuant to the 2002 Director Plan, the exercise price shall be the FMV of a share as of the date of grant. The option period shall not exceed 10 years, and each option may be exercised in whole or in part on the day before the next succeeding annual meeting. As of March 31, 2004, all of the 48,375 options outstanding under the 2002 Director Plan were exercisable. These options are exercisable at $11.04—$23.37 per share. As of March 31, 2004, a total of 29,019 deferred shares are outstanding in connection with annual director fees.

        The 2003 Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the 2003 Director Plan) was effective as of August 27, 2003. The 2003 Director Plan provides for each director to receive annual director fees of $150,000 in the form of deferred shares with an option to elect to receive up to 50% in cash.

F-36



As of March 31, 2004, a total of 21,517 deferred shares are outstanding in connection with annual director fees under the 2003 Director Plan.

        As of March 31, 2004, all of the options covering 3.5 million shares of common stock were outstanding related to acquired companies' stock plans are exercisable at $5.41—$51.17 per share. Options granted under these acquired companies' plans become exercisable over periods ranging from one to five years and expire 10 years from the date of grant.

        The following table summarizes the activity under these plans:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
 
  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 
  (shares in millions)

Beginning of year   48.2   $ 28.74   46.9   $ 28.83   48.5   $ 28.71
Granted   6.4     27.68   8.6     16.06   4.5     21.90
Exercised   (3.9 )   14.57   (5.3 )   5.82   (3.2 )   12.40
Terminated   (6.9 )   36.49   (2.0 )   33.06   (2.9 )   32.88
   
       
       
     

End of year

 

43.8

 

 

28.63

 

48.2

 

 

28.74

 

46.9

 

 

28.83
   
       
       
     

Options exercisable at end of year

 

26.0

 

$

30.88

 

26.9

 

$

31.19

 

25.5

 

$

24.77

        The Company has historically granted options at an exercise price equivalent to the FMV at the date of grant, except that in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, approximately 1 million and 2 million shares, respectively, were granted to senior management at an exercise price greater than the FMV on the date of grant.

        The following table summarizes information about these plans as of March 31, 2004:

 
  Options Outstanding
  Options Exercisable
Range of
Exercise
Prices

  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

(shares in millions)

$  5.41—20.00   8.4   6.8 years   $ 15.02   4.4   $ 16.13
  20.01—30.00   23.0   6.8 years     25.83   11.2     25.41
  30.01—40.00   5.8   4.4 years     35.15   5.0     35.85
  40.01—50.00   2.7   3.5 years     46.91   2.7     46.91
  50.01—74.69   3.9   5.3 years     51.98   2.7     52.10
   
           
     

 

 

43.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.0

 

 

 

        The Company maintains the Year 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Purchase Plan) for all eligible employees. Under the terms of the Purchase Plan, employees may elect to withhold between 1% and 25% of their base pay through regular payroll deductions, subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations. Shares of the Company's common stock may be purchased at six-month intervals at 85% of

F-37



the lower of the FMV on the first or last day of each six-month period. During fiscal years 2004, 2003, and 2002, employees purchased 1.3 million, 1.3 million, and 0.7 million shares, respectively, at average prices of $14.63, $12.40, and $21.91 per share, respectively. As of March 31, 2004, 26.1 million shares were reserved for future issuance.

        Under the 1998 Incentive Award Plan (the 1998 Plan), a total of four million Phantom Shares, as defined in the 1998 Plan, were available for grant to certain of the Company's employees from time to time through March 31, 2003. Each Phantom Share is equivalent to one share of the Company's common stock. Vesting, at 20% of the grant amount per annum, is contingent upon attainment of specific criteria, including an annual Target Closing Price (Price) for the Company's common stock and the participant's continued employment. The Price is based on the average closing price of the Company's common stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the 10 days up to and including March 31 of each fiscal year. The Price for the first tranche was met on March 31, 2000, and the Company began to recognize a non-cash charge over the employment period of approximately $(0.5) million, $2 million, and $3 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Fiscal year 2004 reflects a credit to expense as a result of forfeitures. The Price was not met on March 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, or 2001 for the fifth, fourth, third, and second tranches, respectively. As of March 31, 2004, 142,857 Phantom Shares have not been forfeited and are outstanding under the 1998 Plan.

        All stock plans of the Company have been approved by the stockholders.

Note 10—Profit-Sharing Plan

        The Company maintains a defined contribution plan, the Computer Associates Savings Harvest Plan (CASH Plan), for the benefit of the U.S. employees of the Company. The CASH Plan is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the Code), and contains a qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described under Section 401(k) of the Code. Pursuant to the CASH Plan, eligible participants may elect to contribute a percentage of their base compensation. The matching contributions to the CASH Plan, excluding the discontinued operations of ACCPAC, totaled approximately $12 million in each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002. In addition, the Company may make discretionary contributions to the CASH Plan. The discretionary contributions to the CASH Plan, excluding the discontinued operations of ACCPAC, totaled approximately $20 million in each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 and $23 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2002.

        The Company made contributions to international retirement plans of $20 million, $17 million, and $15 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

Note 11—Rights Plan

        Each outstanding share of the Company's common stock carries a stock purchase right issued under the Company's Rights Agreement, dated June 18, 1991, as amended May 17, 1995, May 23, 2001, and November 9, 2001 (the Rights Agreement). Under certain circumstances, each right may be exercised to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Series One Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Class A, for $150. Under certain circumstances, following (i) the acquisition of 20% or more of the Company's outstanding common stock by an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement), (ii) the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer which would result in a person

F-38



or group owning 20% or more of the Company's outstanding common stock, or (iii) the determination by the Company's Board of Directors and a majority of the Disinterested Directors (as defined in the Rights Agreement) that a 15% stockholder is an Adverse Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement), each right (other than rights held by an Acquiring Person or Adverse Person) may be exercised to purchase common stock of the Company or a successor company with a market value of twice the $150 exercise price. The rights, which are redeemable by the Company at one cent per right, expire in November 2006.

Note 12—Restatement of Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q (Unaudited)

        The Company has amended its previously filed Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended June 30, 2003, September 30, 2003, and December 31, 2003. The primary purpose of the restatement is to correct the method the Company used to account for subscription revenue associated with Business Model contracts that replaced existing Business Model contracts. Previously, the remaining deferred subscription revenue balance associated with the contract that was being replaced was amortized over the term of the original contract. In accordance with SOP 97-2, the correct, and revised, method amortizes the remaining deferred subscription revenue balance over the term of the new contract. The adjustments decreased revenue by $3 million, $5 million, and $7 million for the first, second, and third quarters, respectively, of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, and increased deferred subscription revenue by a cumulative amount of approximately $13 million. Such deferred subscription revenue will be recognized in subsequent periods. The impact of these adjustments is as follows:

2004 Quarterly Results

 
  June 30
  September 30
  December 31
 
  Previously
Reported(1)

  Restated
  Previously
Reported(1)

  Restated
  Previously
Reported(1)

  Restated
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

Revenue   $ 789   $ 786   $ 808   $ 803   $ 844   $ 837
Income (loss) from continuing operations     10     8     (87 )   (90 )   21     17
Basic earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share     0.02     0.01     (0.15 )   (0.16 )   0.04     0.03
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share     0.02     0.01     (0.15 )   (0.16 )   0.04     0.03

(1)
As adjusted to reflect the operating results of ACCPAC as a discontinued operation.

F-39



SCHEDULE II

COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description
  Balance at
Beginning
of Period

  Additions/
(Deductions)
Charged/
(Credited) to
Costs and
Expenses

  Charged/
(Credited)
to Other
Accounts(1)

  Deductions(2)
  Balance
at End
of Period

 
  (in millions)

Reserves and allowances deducted from assets to which they apply:                              
Allowance for doubtful accounts(3)                              
Year ended March 31, 2004   $ 244   $ (53 ) $ (2 ) $ (73 ) $ 116
Year ended March 31, 2003   $ 412   $ 68   $ (45 ) $ (191) (4) $ 244
Year ended March 31, 2002   $ 448   $ 233   $   $ (269 ) $ 412

(1)
Reserves and adjustments thereto of acquired and divested operations.

(2)
Write-offs of amounts against allowance provided.

(3)
The Company expects the allowance for doubtful accounts to continue to decline as net installment accounts receivable under the prior business model are billed and collected over the remaining life. Under the Company's Business Model, cash is often received prior to revenue recognition, thus reducing the need to provide for estimated bad debt associated with recorded revenue.

(4)
Fiscal year 2003 deductions include a reclassification of approximately $14 million of deferred revenue related to the Company's indirect business (distributors, resellers, and VARs) from the allowance for doubtful accounts to billed accounts receivable. The fiscal year 2003 deductions also include a reclassification of approximately $16 million of certain unclaimed funds from the allowance for doubtful accounts to accrued expenses and other current liabilities.

F-40



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable by Computer Associates in connection with resales of the securities being registered, including the preparation and filing of this post-effective amendment. All amounts are estimates subject to future contingencies except the SEC registration statement filing fee.

SEC Registration Statement Filing Fee   $ 37,260
Legal Fees and Expenses     *
Accounting Fees and Expenses     25,000
Printing Fees     *
Miscellaneous     *
   
Total   $
*

*
To be supplied by amendment.

Item 15. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Law") empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was an officer or director of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests, and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and directors in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation in the performance of his duty. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

        In accordance with Delaware Law, the certificate of incorporation of Computer Associates contains a provision to limit the personal liability of the directors of Computer Associates for violations of their fiduciary duty. This provision eliminates each director's liability to Computer Associates or its stockholders for monetary damages except (1) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to Computer Associates or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the Delaware Law providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. The effect of this provision is to eliminate the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions involving a breach of their fiduciary duty of care, including any such actions involving gross negligence.

II-1



        Reference is made to Section 5 of the registration rights agreement filed as Exhibit 4.2 hereto for a description of the indemnification arrangements in connection with the registration of the notes and the underlying common stock under the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

  Description
4.1   Rights Agreement dated as of June 18, 1991 between the Company and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2002, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers

4.3

 

Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2002, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company), as Trustee, including form of Note

5.1

 

Opinion of Covington & Burling, dated September 4, 2003

8.1

 

Tax Opinion of Covington & Burling, dated August 29, 2003

10.1

 

Form of Call Spread Option Confirmation

*12.1

 

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios

*23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

23.2

 

Consent of Covington & Burling (included in opinion filed as exhibit 5.1)

23.3

 

Consent of Covington & Burling (included in opinion filed as exhibit 8.1)

*24.1

 

Power of Attorney (as set forth on the signature pages of this Post-Effective
Amendment No. 1 on Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3)

25.1

 

Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1

*
Filed herewith; all other documents previously filed.

Item 17. Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

II-2



        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-3



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Islandia, State of New York, on this 23rd day of June 2004.

    COMPUTER ASSOCIATES
INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE      
Name: Jeff Clarke
Title:  Chief Operating
Officer and Chief Financial Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:

        That the undersigned officers and directors of Computer Associates International, Inc. do hereby constitute and appoint Jeff Clarke, Douglas E. Robinson and Robert B. Lamm and each of them, the lawful attorney and agent or attorneys and agents with power and authority to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys and agents, or either of them, determine and may be necessary or advisable or required to enable rules regulations or requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this Post-Effective Amendment on Form S-1 to its registration statement on Form S-3. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing power and authority, the powers granted include the power and authority to sign the names of the undersigned officers and directors in the capacities indicated below to this registration statement or amendments or supplements thereto (including registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b)), and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys and agents, or either of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. The Power of Attorney may be signed in several counterparts.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the date indicated opposite the name.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-1 to the registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/  LEWIS S. RANIERI      
Lewis S. Ranieri
  Non-Executive Chairman
of the Board of Directors
  June 23, 2004

/s/  
KENNETH D. CRON      
Kenneth D. Cron

 

Interim Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

June 23, 2004
         


/s/  
JEFF CLARKE      
Jeff Clarke

 

Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

June 23, 2004

/s/  
DOUGLAS E. ROBINSON      
Douglas E. Robinson

 

Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

June 23, 2004

/s/  
RUSSELL M. ARTZT      
Russell M. Artzt

 

Executive Vice President and Director

 

June 23, 2004

/s/  
ALFONSE M. D'AMATO      
Alfonse M. D'Amato

 

Director

 

June 23, 2004

/s/  
GARY J. FERNANDES      
Gary J. Fernandes

 

Director

 

June 23, 2004

/s/  
ROBERT E. LA BLANC      
Robert E. La Blanc

 

Director

 

June 23, 2004

/s/  
JAY W. LORSCH      
Jay W. Lorsch

 

Director

 

June 23, 2004

/s/  
WALTER P. SCHUETZE      
Walter P. Schuetze

 

Director

 

June 23, 2004

/s/  
ALEX SERGE VIEUX      
Alex Serge Vieux

 

Director

 

June 23, 2004


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  Description
*4.1   Rights Agreement, dated as of June 18, 1991, between the Company and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company
*4.2   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2002, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
*4.3   Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2002, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company), as Trustee, including the form of Note.
*5.1   Opinion of Covington & Burling, dated September 4, 2003
*8.1   Tax Opinion of Covington & Burling, dated August 29, 2003
*10.1   Form of Call Spread Option Confirmation
12.1   Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
*23.2   Consent of Covington & Burling (included in opinion filed as exhibit 5.1)
*23.3   Consent of Covington & Burling (included in opinion filed as exhibit 8.1)
24.1   Power of Attorney (as set forth on the signature pages of this post-effective amendment on Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3)
*25.1   Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1

*
Previously filed.



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY
The Company
Our Principal Executive Offices
The Notes
RISK FACTORS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION ABOUT US
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
PROPERTIES
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return (Among Computer Associates International, Inc., S&P Systems Software Index, and S&P 500 Index)
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
SELLING HOLDERS
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK
MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
Index to Financial Statements
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SCHEDULE II COMPUTER ASSOCIATES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT INDEX